21ST CENTURY HOLDING CO
SB-2/A, 1998-11-04
FIRE, MARINE & CASUALTY INSURANCE
Previous: VIRGINIA CAPITAL BANCSHARES INC, 8-A12G, 1998-11-04
Next: FIRST CAPITAL INC, SB-2/A, 1998-11-04



   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 4, 1998
                                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-63623
================================================================================
    

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                --------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3

                                       TO
    
                                   FORM SB-2


                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                --------------
                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                            <C>
               FLORIDA                            6331                    65-0248866
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF   (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL     (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
     INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)    CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)   IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
                                --------------
                                EDWARD J. LAWSON
                      PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                          21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY
                              4161 N.W. 5TH STREET
                            PLANTATION, FLORIDA 33317
                                 (954) 581-9993
            (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                                --------------
                         COPIES OF COMMUNICATIONS TO:

      DALE S. BERGMAN, P.A.                       ANDREW HULSH, ESQ.
        BROAD AND CASSEL                           BAKER & MCKENZIE
  201 SOUTH BISCAYNE BOULEVARD                   1200 BRICKELL AVENUE
    MIAMI CENTER, SUITE 3000                          19TH FLOOR
      MIAMI, FLORIDA 33131                       MIAMI, FLORIDA 33131
    TELEPHONE: (305) 373-9454                  TELEPHONE: (305) 789-8900
   TELECOPIER: (305) 373-9443                  TELECOPIER: (305) 789-8953
                                --------------
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                                --------------
     If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), check the following box: [x]
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [x]

                                --------------
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A), OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 4, 1998
    
PROSPECTUS
                               1,250,000 SHARES

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

                                 COMMON STOCK
                               ----------------
   
     21st Century Holding Company (the "Company") hereby offers 1,250,000
shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"). Prior to
this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for the Common
Stock and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop after
completion of this Offering, or if developed, that it will be sustained. It is
presently anticipated that the initial public offering price of the Common
Stock will be between $7.00 and $8.00 per share. For information regarding the
factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the
Common Stock, see "Risk Factors" and "Underwriting." The Common Stock has been
approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "TCHC."
    

           SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 OF THIS PROSPECTUS
              FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE
            CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE COMMON STOCK.

                               ----------------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                              A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
================================================================================
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         PRICE TO      UNDERWRITING     PROCEEDS TO
                          PUBLIC       DISCOUNTS(1)     COMPANY(2)
<S>                   <C>             <C>              <C>
Per Share .........   $               $                $
Total(3) ..........   $               $                $
</TABLE>
================================================================================
   
(1) Does not include compensation payable to Gilford Securities Incorporated,
    the representative of the several underwriters (the "Representative"), in
    the form of a non-accountable expense allowance. In addition, see
    "Underwriting" for information concerning indemnification and contribution
    arrangements with and other compensation payable to the Representative.
(2) Before deducting expenses estimated to be $587,500, including the
    Representative's non-accountable expense allowance.
    
(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option (the "Over-Allotment
    Option"), exercisable for a period of 45 days after the date of this
    Prospectus, to purchase up to 187,500 additional shares of Common Stock
    upon the same terms and conditions set forth above, solely to cover
    over-allotments, if any. If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in
    full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Proceeds to
    Company will be $     , $      and $     , respectively. See
    "Underwriting."


                               ----------------

   
     The Common Stock is being offered by the Underwriters subject to prior
sale when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters, and subject
to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other
conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify
this Offering and to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be made against
payment at the offices of Gilford Securities Incorporated, New York, New York,
on or about November __, 1998.
    

                               ----------------

                        GILFORD SECURITIES INCORPORATED

                    The date of this Prospectus is      , 1998
<PAGE>

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

The graphic depicts the Company's organizational structure listing the Company's
wholly-owned subsidiaries and describing their operations.
 
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK,
INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT AND OTHER STABILIZING TRANSACTIONS. SEE
"UNDERWRITING."


IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS (AND SELLING GROUP
MEMBERS) MAY ENGAGE IN PASSIVE MARKET MAKING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK
ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 103 OF REGULATION M. SEE
"UNDERWRITING."


                                       2
<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE NOTES THERETO,
APPEARING ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS." EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
INDICATED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION; (II) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE WARRANTS TO BE ISSUED BY
THE COMPANY TO THE REPRESENTATIVE TO PURCHASE UP TO 125,000 SHARES OF COMMON
STOCK (THE "REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS"); (III) DOES NOT GIVE EFFECT TO 282,400
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
GRANTED UNDER THE COMPANY'S 1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN (THE "1998 PLAN"); (IV)
GIVES EFFECT TO THE 1.8-FOR-ONE, 1.2-FOR-ONE AND 926.33-FOR-ONE STOCK SPLITS
EFFECTED IN NOVEMBER 1996, JANUARY 1997 AND SEPTEMBER 1998, RESPECTIVELY; AND
(V) GIVES EFFECT TO THE CONSOLIDATION OF THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS EFFECTED IN
JANUARY 1997 AND JANUARY AND FEBRUARY 1998. SEE "GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS"
FOR DEFINITIONS OF CERTAIN INSURANCE-RELATED TERMS USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.


                                  THE COMPANY


GENERAL


     The Company is a vertically integrated insurance holding company which,
through its subsidiaries, controls substantially all aspects of the insurance
underwriting, distribution and claims process. The Company underwrites
nonstandard and standard personal automobile insurance and mobile home property
and casualty insurance in the State of Florida through its subsidiary,
Federated National Insurance Company ("Federated National"). The Company has
underwriting authority for third-party insurance companies which it represents
through a wholly-owned managing general agent, Assurance Managing General
Agents, Inc. ("Assurance MGA"). The Company internally processes claims made by
Federated National's insureds through a wholly-owned claims adjusting company,
Superior Adjusting, Inc. ("Superior"). The Company also offers premium
financing to its own and third-party insureds through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Federated Premium Finance, Inc. ("Federated Premium"), and offers
auto title loans and other ancillary services through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Florida State Discount Auto Title Loans, Inc. ("Florida Auto
Title").


     The Company markets and distributes Federated National's and third-party
insurers' products and its other services primarily in South Florida, through a
network of 15 Company-owned agencies and approximately 300 active independent
agents. The Company believes that it can be distinguished from its competitors
because it generates revenue from substantially all aspects of the insurance
underwriting, distribution and claims process. The Company provides quality
service to both its agents and insureds by utilizing an integrated computer
system which links the Company's insurance and service entities. The Company's
computer and software systems allow for rapid automated premium quotation,
policy issuance, billing and payment and claims processing and enable the
Company to continuously monitor substantially all aspects of its business.
Using these systems, the Company's agents can access a customer's driving
record, quote a premium, offer premium financing and, if requested, generate a
policy on-site. The Company believes that these systems have facilitated its
ability to market and underwrite insurance products on a cost-efficient basis,
and that they will enhance the Company's ability to expand to other regions in
Florida and to other states.


     The Company's primary product is nonstandard personal automobile
insurance, which is principally provided to insureds who are unable to obtain
preferred or standard insurance coverage because of their payment history,
driving record, age, vehicle type or other factors, including market conditions
for preferred or standard risks. Underwriting standards for preferred or
standard insurance coverage have become more restrictive, thereby requiring
more drivers to seek coverage in the nonstandard automobile insurance market.
These factors have contributed to an increase in the size of the nonstandard
personal automobile insurance market. Based on information provided by A.M.
Best


                                       3
<PAGE>

Company, Inc. ("A.M. Best"), a leading rating agency for the insurance
industry, from 1993 to 1997, the nonstandard personal automobile insurance
market in the United States grew from approximately $14.2 billion to
approximately $22.0 billion of annual premium volume and from approximately
15.1% to approximately 19.2% of the total personal automobile insurance market.
Also according to A.M. Best, from 1993 to 1997, annual premium volume in the
nonstandard personal automobile insurance market in Florida grew from
approximately $1.5 billion to approximately $2.6 billion and from approximately
27.8% to approximately 35.6% of the total personal automobile insurance market
in Florida.


BUSINESS STRATEGY


     The Company's strategy is to seek continued growth of its business by
capitalizing on the efficiencies of its vertical integration and


      /bullet/ selectively expanding the Company's product offerings by
        underwriting additional insurance products and programs such as
        standard automobile insurance, which the Company commenced offering in
        August 1998, commercial vehicle insurance and homeowners' insurance,
        and marketing these products and programs through its distribution
        network;


      /bullet/ further penetrating the Florida market by acquiring additional
        insurance agencies and establishing relationships with additional
        independent agents in order to expand the Company's distribution
        network to and market its products and services in other regions of
        Florida;


      /bullet/ expanding direct marketing of insurance products to customers
        through mailings, media advertising and the Internet;


      /bullet/ maintaining a commitment to provide quality service to its
        agents and insureds by emphasizing customer service;


      /bullet/ encouraging agents to place a high volume of quality business
        with the Company by providing them with attractive commission
        structures tied to premium levels and loss ratios;


      /bullet/ identifying and reviewing opportunities to acquire additional
        insurers; and


      /bullet/ employing the business practices developed and used in Florida
        to ultimately expand to other selected states.


     The Company is continually exploring various acquisition opportunities,
but does not currently have any understandings, commitments, arrangements or
agreements with respect to any acquisition.


BACKGROUND


     Operations currently conducted by the Company commenced in November 1983
when Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson, the Company's co-founders, opened
an independent insurance agency in South Florida to sell private passenger
automobile insurance. Through internal growth and acquisitions, the number of
Company-owned agencies has expanded to 15, located principally in South
Florida. In September 1987, Mr. and Mrs. Lawson organized Federated Premium to
offer premium financing services. The Company was incorporated in the State of
Florida in March 1991 for the purpose of functioning as a holding company for
Federated National, which commenced underwriting operations in 1992.


     In January 1997, the Company acquired all of the outstanding capital stock
of Assurance MGA, Federated Premium and Superior, and in January and February
1998, the Company acquired all other


                                       4
<PAGE>

insurance agencies and other affiliated companies not previously owned by the
holding company (collectively, the "Consolidation"). Unless the context
requires otherwise, all references herein to the "Company" refer to 21st
Century Holding Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses as
presently conducted and as historically conducted prior to the Consolidation.


     The Company's executive offices are located at 4161 N.W. 5th Street,
Plantation, Florida 33317, and its telephone number is (954) 581-9993.



                                  THE OFFERING


Common Stock offered
 by the Company...................   1,250,000 shares


Common Stock outstanding
 before the Offering(1)...........   2,100,000 shares


Common Stock outstanding
 after the Offering(1)............   3,350,000 shares


Use of Proceeds...................   Contribution to Federated National's
                                     capital to increase its underwriting
                                     capacity, repayment of a portion of the
                                     outstanding balance under the Company's
                                     $4.0 million revolving line of credit and
                                     term loan agreement (the "Credit
                                     Facility"), financing of acquisitions and
                                     working capital and other general corporate
                                     purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."


Nasdaq National Market symbol.....   TCHC
- ----------------
(1) Does not give effect to the exercise of (i) the Over-Allotment Option; (ii)
    the Representative's Warrants; and (iii) stock options to purchase 282,400
    shares of Common Stock granted under the 1998 Plan at an exercise price of
    $10.00 per share.


                                       5
<PAGE>

               SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


     The following summary consolidated and combined financial data of the
Company under the caption "Statement of Income Data" for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 are derived from the Company's consolidated and
combined financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP, independent certified public accountants. The following summary
consolidated and combined financial data of the Company under the caption
"Statement of Income Data" for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 and
the "Balance Sheet Data" under the caption "Actual" as of June 30, 1998 are
derived from unaudited interim consolidated and combined financial statements
contained elsewhere herein and includes all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, which the Company considers necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and the results of operations of the
Company as of and for these periods. Operating results for the six months ended
June 30, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for the year ending December 31, 1998. This summary consolidated and
combined financial data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and
combined financial statements, the unaudited interim consolidated and combined
financial statements and the notes thereto and the other financial information
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                          JUNE 30                   DECEMBER 31
                                                 -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                     1998          1997         1997          1996
                                                 ------------   ----------   ----------   ------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenue:
 Gross premiums written ......................     $ 12,169       $8,842      $17,675       $ 14,850
 Net Premiums written ........................        8,397        6,802       13,016          9,248
 Net premiums earned .........................        6,678        4,978       10,924          9,643
 Commission income ...........................          979        1,567        2,358          1,535
 Net investment income .......................          506          453        1,047            850
 Net realized gains (losses) .................          389          (34)         (19)           155
 Other income ................................        1,551          553        1,439          2,117
                                                   --------       ------      -------       --------
 Total revenue ...............................       10,103        7,517       15,749         14,300
Expenses:
 Losses and LAE ..............................        4,681        3,272        7,414          7,660
 Operating and underwriting expenses .........        2,106        1,495        3,301          3,513
 Other expenses ..............................        1,537        1,980        3,682          2,423
                                                   --------       ------      -------       --------
 Total expenses ..............................        8,324        6,747       14,397         13,596
                                                   --------       ------      -------       --------
 Net income ..................................        1,112          641        1,070            626
 Net income per share ........................     $   0.53       $ 0.31      $  0.51       $   0.30
 Weighted average shares outstanding .........        2,100        2,100        2,100          2,100
STATUTORY OPERATING RATIOS:
 Loss ratio ..................................           77%          73%          75%            85%
 Expense ratio ...............................           23%          32%          24%            23%
                                                   --------      -------      -------       --------
 SAP Combined ratio ..........................          100%         105%          99%           108%
                                                   ========      =======      =======       ========
</TABLE>

                                       6
<PAGE>


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  JUNE 30, 1998
                                          ------------------------------
                                             ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                          ------------   ---------------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Total investments ....................     $ 17,839        $ 17,839
 Finance contract receivables .........        4,943           4,943
 Total assets .........................       33,883          40,139
 Unpaid losses and LAE ................        7,623           7,623
 Unearned premiums ....................       10,100          10,100
 Revolving credit outstanding .........        3,850           2,350
 Shareholders' equity .................        6,865          14,903
 Book value per share .................         3.27            4.36
</TABLE>
    

- ----------------
(1) Adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock by the
    Company in this Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of
    $7.50 per share and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See
    "Use of Proceeds."


                                       7
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS


     In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the
following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and
its business before purchasing the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus contains in addition to historical information, forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words "expect,"
"estimate," "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "plan" and similar expressions
and variations thereof are intended to identify forward--looking statements.
The Company's actual results could differ materially from those set forth in or
implied by any forward--looking statements. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed
below as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus.


NATURE OF THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS


     Factors affecting the sectors of the insurance industry in which the
Company operates may subject the Company to significant fluctuations in
operating results. These factors include competition, catastrophe losses and
general economic conditions, including interest rate changes, as well as
legislative initiatives, the frequency of litigation, the size of judgments and
severe weather conditions. Specifically, the nonstandard automobile insurance
market, which comprises the bulk of the Company's current operations, is
influenced by many factors, including state and Federal insurance laws, market
conditions for automobile insurance and state assigned risk and residual market
plans. Additionally, an economic downturn in Florida could result in fewer car
sales and less demand for automobile insurance.


     Historically, the financial performance of the property and casualty
insurance industry has tended to fluctuate in cyclical patterns of soft markets
followed by hard markets. Although an individual insurance company's financial
performance is dependent on its own specific business characteristics, the
profitability of most property and casualty insurance companies tends to follow
this cyclical market pattern with profitability generally increasing in hard
markets and decreasing in soft markets.


     The Company has grown rapidly over the last few years. The Company
believes that a substantial portion of its future growth will depend on its
ability, among other things, to successfully implement its business strategy,
including expanding the Company's product offering by underwriting and
marketing additional insurance products and programs through its distribution
network and further penetrating the Florida market by acquiring additional
insurance agencies and establishing relationships with additional independent
agents in order to expand its distribution network. Any future growth is
contingent on various factors, including the availability of adequate capital,
the Company's ability to hire and train additional personnel, regulatory
requirements and rating agency considerations. There is no assurance that the
Company will be successful in expanding its business, that the existing
infrastructure will be able to support additional expansion or that any new
business will be profitable. Moreover, as the Company expands its insurance
products and programs and the Company's mix of business changes, there can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its profit margins or
other operating results. There can also be no assurance that the Company will
be able to obtain the required regulatory approvals to offer additional
insurance products or expand into states other than Florida.


LIMITS ON THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO EXPAND DUE TO CONSENT ORDER


     In connection with the Company obtaining approval from the Florida
Department of Insurance to underwrite mobile home insurance, the Company
entered into a Consent Order (the "Consent Order") with the Florida Department
of Insurance which limits the amount of premiums it may underwrite. Consent
orders are normally entered into by an insurance company with the Florida
Department of Insurance when an insurance company desires to underwrite a new
product. In 1998, Federated National may only underwrite $21.0 million in gross
premiums written and $14.0 million in total net premiums written. In 1999,
these limits increase to $24.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively.
Federated National also is required to maintain a minimum capital surplus to
support its underwriting


                                       8
<PAGE>

program. In 1998 and 1999, Federated National is required to have capital
surplus of $4.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively. The premium limits and
capital surplus requirements impact Federated National's potential growth.
Federated National's potential to exceed the premium limits and capital surplus
requirements is great and its ability to exceed these requirements will be
subject to the prior approval of the Florida Department of Insurance. The
Florida Department of Insurance has indicated in writing its willingness to
modify the Consent Order and increase Federated National's underwriting
authority, subject to the completion of this Offering. However, there can be no
assurance that Federated National will be able to obtain the required
regulatory approvals, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's ability to expand its business. See
"Business--Regulation."


REINSURANCE CONSIDERATIONS


     Federated National follows the customary industry practice of reinsuring a
portion of its risks and paying for that protection based upon premiums
received on all policies subject to reinsurance. The Company's business is
dependent upon Federated National's ability to transfer or "cede" significant
amounts of the risk insured by it. The amount, availability and cost of
reinsurance are subject to prevailing market conditions which are beyond
Federated National's control, and they affect Federated National's level of
business and profitability. Reinsurance makes the assuming reinsurer liable to
the extent of the risk ceded. The Company ceded $5,978,636 in premiums written
for the 12 month period ended September 30, 1998. Federated National's
reinsurance is primarily ceded with Transatlantic Reinsurance Corporation
("Transatlantic Re"). Federated National, however, is subject to credit risk
with respect to its current and future reinsurers, as the ceding of risk to its
reinsurers does not relieve Federated National of its liability to its insureds
with respect to the portion of the risk which has been reinsured, in the event
of the reinsurers' failure to pay for any reason. The insolvency of
Transatlantic Re or any other of Federated National's reinsurer's or their
inability to make payments could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. There can be
no assurance that reinsurance will continue to be available to Federated
National to the same extent, and at the same cost, as it has in the past. See
"Business--Reinsurance."


DEPENDENCE ON INVESTMENT INCOME


   
     Federated National, similar to other property and casualty insurance
companies, depends on income from its investment portfolio for a substantial
portion of its earnings. A (i) significant decline in investment yields in
Federated National's investment portfolio, (ii) default by the issuers of
securities which Federated National owns or (iii) change in interest rates
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "Business--Investments."
    


ADEQUACY OF UNPAID LOSS AND LAE LIABILITY


     Federated National is directly liable for loss and loss adjustment
expenses ("LAE") under the terms of the insurance policies it underwrites.
Federated National establishes a liability for unpaid losses and LAE for the
expected payment of all incurred losses and LAE. The liability for unpaid
losses and LAE is an estimate based on historical data and anticipated future
events. Actual losses and LAE may vary significantly from the established
liability. Furthermore, factors such as inflation, claims settlement patterns,
legislative activity and litigation trends, all of which are difficult to
predict, may have a substantial impact on Federated National's actual loss
experience. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that Federated National's
liability for unpaid losses and LAE will be adequate to cover its actual
losses. If Federated National's liability for unpaid losses and LAE is less
than actual losses and LAE, Federated National will be required to increase the
liability for unpaid losses and LAE with a corresponding reduction in Federated
National's net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified.
Future loss experience substantially in excess of Federated National's
established liability for unpaid losses and LAE could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business--Liability for Unpaid Losses and LAE."


                                       9
<PAGE>

REGULATION


     The Company is subject to the laws and regulations of Florida, its state
of domicile, and will be subject to the laws of any state in which it conducts
business in the future. These laws and regulations cover all aspects of its
business and are generally designed to protect the interests of insurance
policyholders. Such laws and regulations relate to authorized lines of
business, capital surplus requirements, allowable rates and forms, investment
parameters, underwriting limitations, restrictions upon transactions with
affiliates, dividend limitations, changes in control, market conduct,
limitations on premium financing service charges and interest for title loans
and a variety of other financial and non-financial aspects of the Company's
business. The failure of the Company to comply with applicable insurance laws
and regulations or to have new insurance programs approved could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and
financial condition. Prior to conducting insurance business in any states other
than Florida, the Company will need to obtain a certificate of authority to
conduct insurance business in such states. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to obtain a certificate of authority in any additional
states, and the failure to do so would limit the Company's ability to expand
geographically. In addition, any changes in laws and regulations, including the
adoption of consumer initiatives regarding rates charged for automobile or
other insurance coverage, could materially adversely affect the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.


   
     The National Association of Insurance Commissioners ("NAIC") has adopted a
system of assessing the financial condition and stability of insurance
companies, known as "IRIS ratios," and a system to test the adequacy of
statutory capital, known as "risk-based capital," each of which applies to
Federated National. The IRIS ratios consist of 11 ratios that are compiled
annually from an insurance company's statutory financial reports and then
compared against the NAIC-established "usual range" for each ratio. The IRIS
ratios are used by state insurance departments to moniter and evaluate
insurance companies; however, insurance companies which do not fall within the
usual range with respect to the IRIS ratios are not automatically subject to
regulatory action, but may prompt state regulators to investigate such
variance. As of December 31, 1997, the Florida Department of Insurance found
that Federated National was outside the usual range with respect to four IRIS
tests. Federated National fell outside the usual range with respect to two of
the IRIS tests due to not reporting its underwriting results related to the
Florida Joint Underwriting Association ("FJUA"), an assigned risk pool for
automobile insurance drivers, in its statutory financial statements prior to
1996 because it was unaware it was required to do so at the time. The full
results of its FJUA participation since Federated National's inception were
reported in the 1996 underwriting year. If the FJUA results are not considered,
Federated National still falls outside the usual range with respect to two IRIS
tests. Although the Florida Department of Insurance found that Federated
National was outside the usual range with respect to the four IRIS tests, no
regulatory action has been taken to date. There can be no assurance, however,
that IRIS-related regulatory action will not be taken in the future. The
risk-based capital rules establish statutory capital requirements based on
levels of risk retained by an insurance company. The Florida Department of
Insurance could require Federated National to cease operations in the event
Federated National fails to maintain the required statutory capital. Federated
National's adjusted capital at December 31, 1997 exceeded the applicable
risk-based standards as established by the NAIC. Federated National's ratio of
statutory surplus to its Authorized Control Level ("ACL") was 260.6% at
December 31, 1997 and 290.6% at December 31, 1996. Regulatory action is
triggered if surplus falls below 200% of the ACL amount. There can be no
assurance that Federated National will be able to maintain the required capital
levels or IRIS ratios. Failure to maintain risk-based capital at the required
levels, or IRIS ratios within the NAIC's usual range, could adversely affect
Federated National's ability to secure regulatory approvals as necessary or
appropriate and would materially adversely affect the Company's business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Business--Regulation."
    


RISKS RELATING TO INSURANCE AGENTS


     The Company's insurance programs are managed by Assurance MGA, its
managing general agent, which has underwriting authority on behalf of Federated
National and third-party insurance companies


                                       10
<PAGE>

which it represents. The Company markets Federated National's and third-party
insurer's products and its other services through a network of 15 Company-owned
agencies and approximately 300 active independent agents. Both Company-employed
and independent agents may under certain circumstances have the ability to bind
the Company. Since many of the agents are independent, the Company has only
limited ability to exercise control over these agents. In the event that an
independent agent exceeds its authority by binding the Company on a risk which
does not comply with the Company's underwriting guidelines, the Company is at
risk for that policy until it receives the application and effects a
cancellation. Although the Company has not experienced a material loss from
improper use of binding authority of its agents, improper use of such authority
may result in losses which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. See
"Business--Insurance Operations."


   
RISKS RELATING TO CLAIMS EXPERIENCE


     Nonstandard automobile insurance, which is the Company's primary product,
generally involves the potential for increased loss exposure and higher claims
experience. Abnormally high severity or frequency of claims in any period could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
and financial condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Overview," and "Business--Insurance
Operations."
    


LIMITED EXPERIENCE IN THE INSURANCE INDUSTRY


     Although certain of the Company's operations have been conducted since
1983 and certain of its executive officers and directors have substantial
experience in the insurance industry, Federated National only commenced
underwriting nonstandard automobile insurance in 1992, mobile home property and
casualty insurance in 1997 and standard automobile insurance in August 1998.
Accordingly, Federated National has relatively limited experience in the
automobile insurance and mobile home property and casualty insurance
businesses. In addition, Federated National will have limited or no experience
in the additional insurance products which Federated National plans on
introducing as part of its business strategy. There can be no assurance that
the Company's lack of experience will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.


COMPETITION


     The Company operates in a highly competitive market and faces competition
from both national and regional insurance companies, many of whom are larger
and have greater financial and other resources than the Company, have favorable
A.M. Best ratings and offer more diversified insurance coverage. The Company's
competitors include other companies which market their products through agents,
as well as companies which sell insurance directly to their customers. Large
national writers may have certain competitive advantages over agency writers,
including increased name recognition, increased loyalty of their customer base
and reduced policy acquisition costs. The Company may also face competition
from new or temporary entrants in its niche markets. In some cases, such
entrants may, because of inexperience, desire for new business or other
reasons, price their insurance below that of the Company. Although the
Company's pricing is inevitably influenced to some degree by that of its
competitors, management of the Company believes that it is generally not in the
Company's best interest to compete solely on price, choosing instead to compete
on the basis of underwriting criteria, its distribution network and high
quality service to its agents and insureds. The Company competes with respect
to personal automobile insurance in Florida with more than 100 companies which
underwrite personal automobile insurance. Companies of comparable or smaller
size, which compete with the Company in the nonstandard automobile insurance
business include Fortune Insurance Company, U.S. Security Insurance Company,
United Automobile Insurance Company, Direct General Insurance Company, and
Security National Insurance Company, as well as major insurers such as
Progressive Casualty Insurance Company. Competition could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "Business--Competition."


                                       11
<PAGE>

IMPORTANCE OF RATINGS BY INDUSTRY SERVICES


     Insurers compete for business on the basis of a number of factors,
including the letter ratings assigned by A.M. Best and by other entities
including Standard and Poor's Corporation and Demotech, Inc. A.M. Best's letter
ratings for the industry currently range from "A++" (Superior) to "C-" (Fair)
and some companies are not rated. These letter ratings are continually
monitored and subject to adjustment by A.M. Best. In evaluating a company's
financial and operating performance, A.M. Best reviews the company's
profitability, leverage and liquidity as well as its book of business, the
adequacy and soundness of its reinsurance, the quality and estimated market
value of its assets, the adequacy of its reserves and the experience and
competency of its management. Federated National has yet to receive an A.M.
Best letter rating due to its limited operating history and there is no
assurance that the letter rating will be obtained, and if obtained, that it
will be favorable. Although Federated National has not yet received a letter
rating from A.M. Best, A.M. Best has issued a Financial Performance Rating
("FPR") of "3 out of 9 (below average)" to Federated National. An FPR reflects
A.M. Best's opinion of the financial strength and operating performance of
property and casualty insurance companies on which it reports, that have not
been assigned a letter rating due to, among other factors, insufficient
operating history. A poor letter rating could adversely affect the Company. The
Company expects Federated National to receive its rating in 1999. Federated
National is rated "BBB" (Adequate and Secure) by Standard and Poor's
Corporation and is rated "A" (Strong) by Demotech, Inc. If Federated National
does receive a favorable A.M. Best letter rating (as to which there can be no
assurance) and, if that rating or other available ratings were subsequently
downgraded, the Company could also be adversely affected. See
"Business--Regulation."


CATASTROPHE LOSSES


     Property and casualty insurance companies are subject to claims arising
from catastrophes which may have a significant impact on their business,
results of operations and financial condition. Catastrophe losses can be caused
by a wide variety of events, including hurricanes, tropical storms, tornadoes,
wind, hail, fires, riots and explosions, and their incidence and severity are
inherently unpredictable. The extent of losses from a catastrophe is a function
of two factors: the total amount of the insurance company's exposure in the
area affected by the event and the severity of the event. Federated National's
policyholders are currently concentrated in South Florida, which is
periodically subject to adverse weather conditions such as hurricanes and
tropical storms. Accordingly, the occurrence of a catastrophe in South Florida
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition. See "Business".


RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL


     The Company depends, and will continue to depend, on the services of its
co-founders and principal shareholders, Edward J. Lawson, the Company's
President and Chief Executive Officer, and Michele Lawson, its Vice
President-Agency Operations and Treasurer. The Company will also be dependent
on the services of other key personnel in the areas of administration,
underwriting, claims and marketing. The ability of the Company to underwrite,
market and distribute its insurance products is partially dependent upon its
ability to retain these key personnel. The Company has entered into an
employment agreement with each of Mr. and Mrs. Lawson; however, no assurance
can be given that the Company can retain Mr. or Mrs. Lawson or its other key
employees. The loss of Mr. or Mrs. Lawson or one or more of its other key
employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business. The
Company will be the sole beneficiary of key man life insurance policies in the
amount of $1.0 million which it will maintain on each of Mr. and Mrs. Lawson
effective upon consummation of this Offering. See "Management."


CONCENTRATION OF COMMON STOCK OWNERSHIP


     After giving effect to the sale of the 1,250,000 shares offered hereby,
Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson will beneficially own approximately
37.8% of the issued and outstanding shares of


                                       12
<PAGE>

Common Stock. As the Company's largest shareholders, they are likely to have
the power to influence significantly the election of the Company's directors
and to effectively control the outcome of substantially all matters submitted
to a vote of the Company's shareholders. See "Principal Shareholders."


DILUTION


   
     Purchasers of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will experience
immediate and substantial dilution of $3.47 per share or 46.3% (assuming an
initial public offering price of $7.50 per share) in the net tangible book
value of their shares. See "Dilution."
    


ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET


     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. There can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or
continue after this Offering. The initial public offering price has been
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representative and may
not be indicative of the market price for the Common Stock after this Offering.
The market price of the Common Stock is subject to significant fluctuations in
response to variations in quarterly and annual operating results, general
trends in the Company's industry actions taken by competitors, the overall
performance of the stock market and other factors. See "Underwriting."


NASDAQ ELIGIBILITY AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS; POSSIBLE DELISTING OF COMMON
STOCK FROM NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYSTEM


   
     The Company has applied for listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq
National Market upon the effective date of this Registration Statement. The
Nasdaq National Market has certain criteria for the listing of securities,
including standards for the maintenance of such listing. In order to qualify
for initial quotation of securities on the Nasdaq National Market, an issuer,
among other things, must have at least $6,000,000 in net tangible assets,
$8,000,000 in market value of securities in the public float and a minimum bid
price of $5.00 per share. For continued listing, an issuer, among other things,
must have $4,000,000 in net tangible assets, $5,000,000 in market value of
securities in the public float and a minimum bid price of $1.00 per share. If
the Company is unable to satisfy the Nasdaq National Market's maintenance
criteria in the future, its Common Stock may be delisted from the Nasdaq
National Market. In such event, the Company would seek to list its securities
on The Nasdaq SmallCap Market; however, if it is unable to do so, trading, if
any, in the Company's Common Stock, would thereafter be conducted in the
over-the-counter market in the so-called "pink sheets" or the OTC Bulletin
Board. As a consequence of any such delisting, an investor would likely find it
more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain quotations as to the price of, the
Company's Common Stock.
    


POTENTIAL ADVERSE MARKET IMPACT OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have 3,350,000 shares
of Common Stock outstanding. The 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock sold in this
Offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act,
except for shares which are acquired by an "affiliate" of the Company. The
holders of all 2,100,000 currently outstanding shares have agreed not to offer,
sell or otherwise dispose of their shares for 13 months after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representative. After this
period, all of the shares subject to this restriction will be eligible for sale
in the public market, subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions
contained in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Future sales of the shares of
Common Stock held by existing shareholders, or the perception that such sales
may occur, could have an adverse effect on the price of the Common Stock. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."


AUTHORIZATION OF PREFERRED STOCK


     The Company's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the
"Articles") authorize the issuance of preferred stock with designations, rights
and preferences determined from time to time by


                                       13
<PAGE>

its Board of Directors. Accordingly, the Company's Board of Directors is
empowered, without shareholder approval, to issue preferred stock with
dividends, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights that could adversely
affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the Common Stock. In
the event of issuance, the preferred stock could be used, under certain
circumstances, as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in
control of the Company. Although the Company has no present intention to issue
any shares of its preferred stock, there can be no assurance that it will not
do so in the future. See "Description of Capital Stock."


ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN ARTICLES AND BYLAW PROVISIONS AND CERTAIN
PROVISIONS OF FLORIDA LAW


     Certain provisions of the Articles and the Company's Bylaws (the "Bylaws")
may be deemed to have antitakeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a
hostile takeover of the Company, including: a classified Board of Directors,
prohibition of shareholder action by written consent and advance notice
requirements for shareholder proposals and director nominations. In addition,
Florida has enacted legislation that may deter or frustrate takeovers of
Florida corporations. The Florida Control Share Act generally provides that
shares acquired in a "control share acquisition" will not possess any voting
rights unless such voting rights are approved by a majority of the
corporation's disinterested shareholders. A "control share acquisition" is an
acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person of ownership of, or the
power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and
outstanding "control shares" of a publicly held Florida corporation. "Control
shares" are shares, which, except for the Florida Control Share Act, would have
voting power that, when added to all other shares owned by a person or in
respect to which such person may exercise or direct the exercise of voting
power, would entitle such person, immediately after acquisition of such shares,
directly or indirectly, alone or as a part of a group, to exercise or direct
the exercise of voting power in the election of directors within any of the
following ranges: (a) at least 20% but less than 331/3% of all voting power,
(b) at least 331/3% but less than a majority of all voting power; or (c) a
majority or more of all voting power. The Florida Affiliated Transactions Act
generally requires supermajority approval by disinterested shareholders of
certain specified transactions between a public corporation and holders of more
than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation (or their
affiliates). See "Description of Capital Stock."


NO DIVIDENDS


     The Company has not paid any dividends on its Common Stock and anticipates
that for the foreseeable future all earnings, if any, will be retained for the
operation and expansion of the Company's business. Moreover, the ability of the
Company to pay dividends, if and when its Board of Directors determines to do
so, may be restricted by regulatory limits on the amount of dividends which
Federated National is permitted to pay to the Company. See "Dividend Policy"
and "Business--Regulation."


HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; DIVIDENDS AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS


   
     The Company is an insurance holding company with assets consisting
primarily of the capital stock of its subsidiaries. The Company's operations
and the Company's ability to service its indebtedness are and will continue to
be limited by the earnings of the Company's subsidiaries and the distribution
or other payment of such earnings to the Company in the form of dividends,
loans, advances or the reimbursement of expenses. The payment of dividends, the
making of loans and advances or the reimbursement of expenses to the Company by
its subsidiaries is contingent upon the earnings of those subsidiaries and is
subject to various business considerations. In addition, payments of dividends
to the Company or its affiliates by the Company's subsidiaries is subject to
various statutory and regulatory insurance industry restrictions. Although the
Company believes that amounts required for it to meet its financial and
operating obligations will be available for distribution to the Company, there
can be no assurance in this regard.
    


                                       14
<PAGE>

YEAR 2000 ISSUE


     The Company has evaluated its internal systems, both hardware and
software, facilities, and interactions with business partners in relation to
year 2000 issues. In 1996, the Company began converting its computer systems to
be year 2000 compliant. As of December 31, 1997, the Company believes that it
had completed its efforts to bring the systems into compliance. The Company
will continue to contact its business partners (including agents, banks, motor
vehicle departments and rating agencies) to determine the status of their
compliance and to assess the impact of noncompliance on the Company. The
Company believes that it is taking the necessary measures to mitigate issues
that may arise relating to the year 2000. However, there can be no assurance
that significant year 2000-related computer operating problems or expenses will
not arise with the Company's computer systems and software or in the computer
systems and software of the Company's business partners and have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations--Year 2000 Matters."


REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS


   
     In connection with the Offering, the Company will sell to the
Representative, for nominal consideration, the Representative's Warrants. The
Representative's Warrants are initially exercisable at a price per share equal
to 145.0% of the initial public offering price for a period of four years
commencing one year after the date of this Prospectus and are restricted from
sale, transfer, assignment or hypothecation for a period of 12 months from the
date hereof, except to officers of the Representative. The Representative's
Warrants also provide for adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the exercise thereof as a result of certain subdivisions and
combinations of the Common Stock. The Representative's Warrants grant to the
holders thereof certain rights of registration for the shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants. The holders of the
Representative's Warrants will have the opportunity to profit from a rise in
the market price of the Common Stock, if any. The terms on which the Company
may obtain additional financing during the period that the Representative's
Warrants are outstanding may be adversely affected by the existence of the
Representative's Warrants. The holders of the Representative's Warrants may
exercise them at a time when the Company might be able to obtain additional
capital through a new offering of securities on terms more favorable than those
provided by the Representative's Warrants. See "Description of Capital Stock",
"Underwriting", and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
    


REPRESENTATIVE'S RIGHT TO DESIGNATE A PERSON FOR ELECTION TO THE COMPANY'S
BOARD OF DIRECTORS


     In connection with the Offering, the Company has agreed, for a three-year
period following the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part, to elect one designee of the Representative to the
Company's Board of Directors. In the event that the Representative does not
designate a person for election to the Company's Board of Directors, the
Representative is entitled to information and observer rights with respect to
meetings of the Company's Board of Directors and executive committees, if any.
The ability to designate a person for election to the Company's Board of
Directors gives the Representative the power to influence decisions made by the
Company's Board of Directors. See "Underwriting."


BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS; UNSPECIFIED ACQUISITIONS


   
     Approximately 50.2% of the net proceeds of this Offering will be applied
to acquisitions, working capital and general corporate purposes. Accordingly,
management of the Company will have broad discretion over the use of such
proceeds. Although the Company may utilize a portion of the net proceeds for
potential acquisitions, as of the date hereof, the Company does not have any
understanding, commitments, arrangements or agreements with respect to any
acquisition. The Company's shareholders may have no opportunity to approve
specific acquisitions or to review the
    


                                       15
<PAGE>

   
financial condition of any potential target company. Moreover, there can be no
assurance that any such acquisition opportunities will become available, that
the Company will be successful in acquiring any such acquisition candidate on
favorable terms, or that the Company will be successful in marketing the
products or services of any entity acquired by it. See "Use of Proceeds."
    



                                USE OF PROCEEDS


   
     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,250,000 shares of
Common Stock being offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price
of $7.50 per share are estimated to be approximately $8,037,500 ($9,303,125 if
the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) after deducting the
underwriting discount, the non-accountable expense allowance and other
estimated offering expenses payable by the Company.
    


     The net proceeds are expected to be used as follows:



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        APPROXIMATE     APPROXIMATE
                                                                           AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE
                                                                       -------------   ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
Contribution to the capital of Federated National ..................    $2,500,000          31.1%
Repayment of a portion of the amount outstanding under the Company's
 Credit Facility(1) ................................................     1,500,000          18.7
Financing of Acquisitions(2) .......................................     2,500,000          31.1
Working capital and general corporate purposes .....................     1,537,500          19.1
                                                                        ----------         -----
Total ..............................................................    $8,037,500         100.0%
                                                                        ==========         =====
</TABLE>
    

- ----------------
(1) The Company intends to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under the
    Credit Facility and to borrow under the Credit Facility in the future as
    the need arises. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

(2) The Company is continually exploring various acquisition opportunities, but
    does not currently have any understandings, commitments, arrangements or
    agreements with respect to any acquisition.


     The amounts and timing of the above expenditures may vary and will depend
on numerous factors. The net proceeds from the exercise of the Over-Allotment
Option, if any, will be used for working capital and general corporate
purposes. The Company believes that the net proceeds of this Offering, when
combined with its current capital resources, will be sufficient to support
current operations and expected growth for at least 24 months from completion
of this Offering. See "Risk Factors--Broad Discretion in Application of
Proceeds; Unspecified Acquisitions."


     Pending use of the proceeds as described above, the net proceeds will be
invested in bank deposits and short-term, investment grade securities,
including government obligations and money market instruments.



                                DIVIDEND POLICY


     The Company has not paid dividends on its Common Stock and anticipates
that for the foreseeable future all earnings, if any, will be retained for the
operation and expansion of the Company's business. Moreover, the ability of the
Company to pay dividends if and when its Board of Directors determines to do
so, may be restricted by regulatory limits on the amount of dividends which
Federated National is permitted to pay to the Company. See
"Business--Regulation."


                                       16
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION


   
     As of June 30, 1998, the net tangible book value of the Company was
$5,459,176 or $2.60 per share. Net tangible book value represents the amount of
total assets including deferred policy acquisition costs, less any intangible
assets and total liabilities. After giving effect to the sale of 1,250,000
shares of Common Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering
price of $7.50 per share) and after deducting the underwriting discount, the
non-accountable expense allowance and other estimated expenses of this
Offering, the pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 1998 would have
been $13,496,676 or $4.03 per share. This represents an immediate increase in
net tangible book value of $1.43 per share to existing shareholders and an
immediate dilution of $3.47 per share or 46.3% per share to investors in this
Offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
    



   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>
Assumed public offering price ..........................................                 $  7.50
  Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1998 ...................    $  2.60
  Increase attributable to new investors ...............................       1.43
                                                                            -------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering .........                    4.03
                                                                                         -------
Dilution to new investors ..............................................                 $  3.47
                                                                                         =======
</TABLE>
    

   
     If the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the pro forma net
tangible book value per share of Common Stock after the Offering would be
$4.17, which would result in dilution to new investors in this Offering of
$3.33 per share or 44.4% per share of Common Stock.
    


     The following table shows, at June 30, 1998, a comparison of the total
number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid and the average price paid per share by existing
shareholders and to be paid by investors who purchase shares of Common Stock in
this Offering (at an assumed initial public offering price of $7.50 per share):
 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                  -----------------------   --------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                     NUMBER      PERCENT        DOLLARS       PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                  -----------   ---------   --------------   ---------   --------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Existing Shareholders .........   2,100,000        62.7%     $ 4,584,445        32.8%        $ 2.18
New Investors .................   1,250,000        37.3        9,375,000        67.2         $ 7.50
                                  ---------       -----      -----------       -----
  Total .......................   3,350,000       100.0%     $13,959,445       100.0%
                                  =========       =====      ===========       =====
</TABLE>

 

                                       17
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION


     The following table sets forth the actual capitalization of the Company as
of June 30, 1998 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of 1,250,000 shares
of Common Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price at
of $7.50 per share) and the receipt of the net proceeds therefrom. This table
should be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated and combined
financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.



   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                            -------------------------
                                                                              ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                            ----------   ------------
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>
Current maturities of debt ..............................................     $4,250       $ 2,750
                                                                              ======       =======
Total debt excluding current maturities .................................         --            --
Shareholders' equity: ...................................................
 Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, authorized 1,000,000 shares, issued and
   outstanding no shares ................................................         --            --
 Common Stock, $.01 par value. Authorized 25,000,000 shares, issued and
   outstanding 2,100,000 shares (3,350,000 as adjusted) .................         21            34
 Additional paid-in capital .............................................      4,564        12,589
 Accumulated other comprehensive income .................................       (109)         (109)
 Retained earnings ......................................................      2,389         2,389
                                                                              ------       -------
  Total shareholders' equity ............................................      6,865        14,903
                                                                              ------       -------
  Total capitalization ..................................................     $6,865       $14,903
                                                                              ======       =======
</TABLE>
    

 

                                       18
<PAGE>

               SELECTED CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)


     The following selected consolidated and combined financial data of the
Company under the caption "Statement of Income Data" for the years ended
December 31, 1997, and 1996 and under the caption "Balance Sheet Data" as of
December 31, 1997 are derived from the Company's consolidated and combined
financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants. The following selected consolidated
and combined financial data of the Company under the caption "Statement of
Income Data" for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 and under the
caption "Balance Sheet Data" as of June 30, 1998 are derived from unaudited
interim consolidated and combined financial statements contained elsewhere
herein and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments, which the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of
the financial position and the results of operations as of and for these
periods. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 1998 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 1998. This selected consolidated and combined financial data
should be read in conjunction with the consolidated and combined financial
statements, the unaudited interim consolidated and combined financial
statements and the notes thereto and the other financial information appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED               YEARS ENDED
                                                          JUNE 30                   DECEMBER 31
                                                 -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                     1998          1997         1997          1996
                                                 ------------   ----------   ----------   ------------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenue:
 Gross premiums written ......................     $ 12,169       $8,842      $17,675       $ 14,850
 Net premiums written ........................        8,397        6,802       13,016          9,248
 Net premiums earned .........................        6,678        4,978       10,924          9,643
 Commission income ...........................          979        1,567        2,358          1,535
 Net investment income .......................          506          453        1,047            850
 Net realized gains (losses) .................          389          (34)         (19)           155
 Other income ................................        1,551          553        1,439          2,117
                                                   --------       ------      -------       --------
 Total revenue ...............................       10,103        7,517       15,749         14,300
Expenses:
 Losses and LAE ..............................        4,681        3,272        7,414          7,660
 Operating and underwriting expenses .........        2,106        1,495        3,301          3,513
 Other expenses ..............................        1,537        1,980        3,682          2,423
                                                   --------       ------      -------       --------
 Total expenses ..............................        8,324        6,747       14,397         13,596
                                                   --------       ------      -------       --------
 Net income ..................................        1,112          641        1,070            626
 Net income per share ........................     $   0.53       $ 0.31      $  0.51       $   0.30
 Weighted average shares outstanding .........        2,100        2,100        2,100          2,100
STATUTORY OPERATING RATIOS:
 Loss ratio ..................................           77%          73%          75%            85%
 Expense ratio ...............................           23%          32%          24%            23%
                                                   --------      -------      -------       --------
 SAP Combined ratio ..........................          100%         105%          99%           108%
                                                   ========      =======      =======       ========
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           JUNE 30, 1998     DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                          ---------------   -------------------
                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>               <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Total investments ....................      $ 17,839            $ 15,760
 Finance contract receivables .........         4,943               2,344
 Total assets .........................        33,883              25,677
 Unpaid losses and LAE ................         7,623               6,726
 Unearned premiums ....................        10,100               7,500
 Revolving credit outstanding .........         3,850               1,594
 Shareholders' equity .................         6,865               5,102
 Book value per share .................          3.27                2.43
</TABLE>


                                       20
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


OVERVIEW


     The Company, through its subsidiaries, is engaged in the insurance
underwriting, distribution and claims business. Federated National, the
Company's insurance subsidiary, generates revenues from the collection and
investment of premiums. The Company's agency operations generate income from
policy fees, commissions, premium financing referral fees, auto tag agency fees
and the marketing of ancillary services. Federated Premium generates revenue
from premium financing provided to Company and third party insureds. Assurance
MGA, the Company's managing general agent, generates revenue through policy fee
income and other administrative fees from the marketing of third parties'
insurance products through the Company's distribution network.


     The Company's business, results of operations and financial condition are
subject to fluctuations due to a variety of factors. Abnormally high severity
or frequency of claims in any period could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, if
Federated National's estimated liabilities for unpaid losses and LAE is less
than actual losses and LAE, Federated National will be required to increase
reserves with a corresponding reduction in Federated National's net income in
the period in which the deficiency is identified. The Company operates in a
highly competitive market and faces competition from both national and regional
insurance companies, many of whom are larger and have greater financial and
other resources than the Company, have favorable A.M. Best ratings and offer
more diversified insurance coverage. The Company's competitors include other
companies which market their products through agents, as well as companies
which sell insurance directly to customers. Large national writers may have
certain competitive advantages over agency writers, including increased name
recognition, increased loyalty of their customer base and reduced acquisition
costs. The Company may also face competition from new or temporary entrants in
its niche markets. In some cases, such entrants may, because of inexperience,
desire for new business or other reasons, price their insurance below that of
the Company. Although the Company's pricing is inevitably influenced to some
degree by that of its competitors, management of the Company believes that it
is generally not in the Company's best interest to compete solely on price,
choosing instead to compete on the basis of underwriting criteria, its
distribution network and superior service to its agents and insureds. The
Company competes with respect to automobile insurance in Florida with more than
100 companies which underwrite personal automobile insurance.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


  SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997


     GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN. Gross premiums written increased 38.6% to $12.2
million for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $8.8 million for the
same period in 1997. The increase in gross premiums written is primarily
attributable to an increase in the number of independent agents working with
the Company from 1997 to 1998. Marketing efforts also contributed to the
increase in the amount of premiums written through independent agents to
approximately 40.9% or $9.3 million for the six month period ended June 30,
1998 from $6.6 million for the same period in 1997. The increase in gross
premiums written was also attributable to an increase in premiums written by
Company-owned agencies of approximately 31.8% to $2.9 million in 1998 from $2.2
million in 1997.


     NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN. Net premiums written increased 23.5% to $8.4 million
for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $6.8 million for the same
period in 1997. The difference in growth rates for gross and net premiums
written reflects the impact of reinsurance, because $3.8 million or 31.1% of
premiums written were ceded to a reinsurer for the six month period ended June
30, 1998 as compared to $2.0 million or 22.7% for the same period in 1997. Net
premiums written grew at a faster rate than gross premiums written as a result
of the April 1997 modification of a reinsurance agreement wherein the
percentage of future premiums written ceded was reduced to 30.0% from 50.0%.
The


                                       21
<PAGE>

   
modification was prospective in nature with the intent to earn premiums ceded
as well as reinsure against future loss at the new ceding rate of 30%. This
modification resulted in $1.3 million of gross premiums previously ceded being
refunded to the Company from the reinsurer. The refund represented the 20%
reduction in the ceding rate of the unearned portion of existing policy terms.
There was no effect on the net premiums earned or loss and loss adjustment
expense incurred as a result of the modification.
    


     NET PREMIUMS EARNED. Net premiums earned increased 34.0% to $6.7 million
for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $5.0 million for the same
period in 1997.


     COMMISSION INCOME. Commission income decreased 37.5% to $1.0 million for
the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $1.6 million for the same period
in 1997. Commission income consists of fees earned by the Company-owned
agencies placing business with third party insurers and third party premium
finance companies. The decrease is partially attributable to a $300,000
decrease in commissions earned on business placed with third party insurers.
The remainder of the decrease is attributable to the fact that during 1997,
premium financing was placed almost exclusively with third party companies for
which commissions were received, as compared to 1998, where premium financing
was placed substantially with Federated Premium for which no commissions are
paid.


     FINANCE REVENUES. Finance revenues increased to $716,000 for the six month
period ended June 30, 1998 from approximately $22,000 for the same period in
1997. The increase was attributable to an increase in the number of premium
contracts financed by Federated Premium to 10,129 for the six month period
ended June 30, 1998 from zero for the same period in 1997. In order to
terminate a premium finance lending arrangement which was not favorable to the
Company's overall growth strategy, Federated Premium ceased all new premium
financing with its customers in July 1996 and subsequently terminated the
premium finance lending arrangement with its lender in early 1997. In September
1997, a new premium finance lending arrangement was established and the Company
recommenced its premium financing activities.


     INVESTMENT INCOME. Investment income consists of net investment income and
net realized gains (losses). Investment income increased 113.6% to $895,000 for
the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $419,000 for the same period in
1997. The Company experienced realized gains of $390,000 for the six month
period ended June 30, 1998 compared to realized losses of ($34,000) for the
same period in 1997.


     OTHER INCOME. Other income increased 57.3% to $835,000 for the six month
period ended June 30, 1998 from $531,000 for the same period in 1997. Other
income is comprised mainly of the managing general agent's policy fee income on
all new and renewal insurance policies, and revenue on auto tag products.


     LOSSES AND LAE. The Company's Loss Ratio, as determined in accordance with
GAAP, for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 was 77.0% compared with
73.0% for the same period in 1997. Losses and LAE incurred increased 42.4% to
$4.7 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $3.3 million for
the same period in 1997 as compared to net premiums earned which increased by
34.0% to $6.7 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $5.0
million for the same period in 1997. Losses and LAE, the Company's most
significant expense, represent actual payments made and changes in estimated
future payments to be made to or on behalf of its policyholders, including
expenses required to settle claims and losses. Losses and LAE are influenced by
loss severity and frequency. Because the Loss Ratio is dependent on net
premiums earned and the fact that the ratio of net premiums earned over gross
premiums written decreased to 54.9% for the six month period ended June 30,
1998 from 56.8% for the same period in 1997, the Loss Ratio increased by a
nominal amount compared to the decrease in the ratio of net premiums earned to
gross premiums written. The Company believes that the severity and frequency of
claims remained stable for the periods under comparison.


     OPERATING AND UNDERWRITING EXPENSES. Operating and underwriting expenses
increased 40.0% to $2.1 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1998
from $1.5 million for the same period in 1997.


                                       22
<PAGE>

This increase is primarily attributable to the increase in costs associated
with supporting the growth of the Company's operations. This increase is also
due to the increase in interest expense of $150,000 for the six month period
ended June 30, 1998 from $0 for the same period in 1997. This increase is
attributable to the initiation of the premium finance funding arrangement
between Federated Premium and a lender in September 1997.


     SALARIES AND WAGES. Salaries and wages remained relatively constant at
approximately $1.6 million for the six month periods ended June 30, 1998 and
1997.


   
     AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS. Amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs decreased to $(197,000) for the six month
period ended June 30, 1998 from $395,000 for the same period in 1997.
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs consists of the actual
amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs less commissions earned on
reinsurance ceded. The decrease in the amortization of deferred policy
acquisition costs is attributable to the increase in commissions from
reinsurance ceded by Federated National of 118.0% to $1.2 million for the six
month period ended June 30, 1998 from $550,000 for the same period in 1997.
This increase is primarily the result of the modification of the reinsurance
agreement in April 1997 which resulted in a refund to the reinsurer for
$375,000 of commissions. Additional commissions were generated from the
increase in gross premiums written in 1998. The decrease in the amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs was partially offset by the increase of the
actual amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs of 6.0% to $1.0
million at June 30, 1998 from $943,000 at June 30, 1997. This increase is
attributable to the premiums written by independent agencies which increased by
40.9% to $9.3 million for the six month period ended June 30, 1998 from $6.6
million for the same period in 1997.
    


     INCOME TAX EXPENSE. The Company's estimated effective income tax rate was
37.5% for the six months ended June 30, 1998 compared with an estimated
effective income tax rate of 16.7% for the same period in 1997. This increase
is primarily the result of the January and February 1998 acquisition by the
Company of certain insurance agencies and other affiliated companies which
prior to their acquisition were S Corporations for Federal income tax purposes.
 


  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996


     GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN. Gross premiums written increased 18.8% to $17.7
million in 1997 from $14.9 million in 1996. The increase in premiums written is
primarily attributable to an increase in the number of independent agents from
1996 to 1997. Marketing efforts also contributed to the increase in the amount
of gross premiums written through independent agents by $3.3 million to $13.2
million in 1997 from $9.9 million in 1996. The increase in gross premiums
written was partially offset by a nominal decrease in gross premiums written by
Company-owned agencies of $430,000. The increase in gross written premiums can
also be attributed to an increase in the average price of non-standard
automobile insurance in the South Florida area.


     NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN. Net premiums written increased 41.3% to $13.0
million in 1997 from $9.2 million in 1996. The difference in growth rates for
gross and net premiums written reflects the impact of reinsurance, because $4.7
million or 26.6% of premiums written were ceded to a reinsurer in 1997 compared
to $5.6 million or 37.6% in 1996. Net premiums written grew at a slower rate
than gross premiums written as a result of the April 1997 modification of a
reinsurance agreement. On December 31, 1996, the Company modified the
reinsurance agreement to increase the percentage of future written premiums
ceded from 30.0% to 50.0%. The modification was prospective in nature with the
intent to earn premiums ceded as well as reinsure against future loss at the
new ceding rate of 50%. This modification resulted in an additional $1.2
million of premiums written being ceded to the reinsurer. The ceded amount
represented the 20% increase in the ceding rate of the unearned portion of
existing policy terms. There was no effect on the net premiums earned or loss
and loss adjustment expense incurred as a result of the modification. Effective
April 1, 1997, the Company again modified the reinsurance agreement to reduce
the percentage of future premiums written ceded to the original 30.0%. The
modification was prospective in nature with the intent to earn premiums ceded
as well as


                                       23
<PAGE>

reinsure against future loss at the new ceding rate of 30%. This modification
resulted in $1.3 million of premiums ceded being refunded to the Company from
the reinsurer. The refund represented the 20% reduction in the ceding rate of
the unearned portion of existing policy terms. There was no effect on the net
premiums earned or loss and loss adjustment expense incurred as a result of the
modification.


     NET PREMIUMS EARNED. Net premiums earned increased 13.5% to $10.9 million
in 1997 from $9.6 million in 1996.


     COMMISSION INCOME. Commission income increased 60.0% to $2.4 million in
1997 from $1.5 million in 1996. The increase in commission income is primarily
attributable to the increase in Company-owned agency fees of 40.0% to $2.1
million in 1997 from $1.5 million in 1996 which was due to an increase in the
number of Company-owned agencies to 12 in 1997 from 11 in 1996. The increase in
commission income was also attributable to an increase of $300,000 in premium
financing commissions due to the fact that during 1997, premium financing was
placed almost exclusively with third party premium finance companies for which
commissions were received, as compared to 1996, where premium financing was
placed substantially with Federated Premium for which no commissions are paid.


     FINANCE REVENUES. Finance revenues decreased 77.6% to $220,000 in 1997
from $982,000 in 1996. The decrease was attributable to a decrease in the
number of premium contracts financed by Federated Premium of 57.7% to 4,497 in
1997 from 10,634 in 1996. In order to terminate a premium finance lending
arrangement which was not favorable to the Company's overall growth strategy,
Federated Premium ceased all new premium financing with its customers in July
1996 and subsequently terminated the premium finance lending arrangement with
its lender in early 1997. In September 1997, a new premium finance lending
arrangement was established and the Company recommenced its premium financing
activities. Nearly all of the $220,000 in finance revenue earned for the year
was earned in the fourth quarter of 1997.


     INVESTMENT INCOME. Investment income remained relatively constant at $1.0
million in 1997 and 1996. This was primarily the result of a decrease in the
average investment yield as lower yielding securities were sold or matured and
reinvestments were made at lower market rates offset by an increase in total
amounts invested. The Company experienced realized losses of ($19,000) in 1997
compared to realized gains of $155,000 in 1996.


     OTHER INCOME. Other income increased 9.1% to $1.2 million in 1997 from
$1.1 million in 1996. Other income is comprised mainly of the managing general
agent's policy fee income on all new and renewal insurance policies and revenue
on auto tag products.


     LOSSES AND LAE. The Company's Loss Ratio, as determined in accordance with
GAAP, for 1997 was 75.0% compared with 85.0% in 1996. The loss and LAE
decreased 3.9% to $7.4 million in 1997 from $7.7 million in 1996 as compared to
net premium earned which increased by 13.5% to $10.9 million in 1997 from $9.6
million in 1996. The lower Loss Ratio in 1997 was primarily attributable to the
hiring of an experienced manager and key personnel, improvement on the claims
evaluation process implementing a strategy to minimize legal expenses and
introducing revised claims evaluation procedures. In addition, the Loss Ratio
related to the mobile home product was below that of non-standard automobile
products and the introduction of this product in 1997 reduced the Loss Ratio in
1997. Non-standard automobile insurance rates increased in the South Florida
area in 1997, further contributing to the decrease in the Loss Ratio.


     OPERATING AND UNDERWRITING EXPENSES. Operating and underwriting expenses
decreased 5.7% to $3.3 million in 1997 from $3.5 million in 1996. This decrease
is primarily due to the decrease in interest expense of $410,000 to $50,000 in
1997 from $460,000 in 1996. This is attributable to the termination of the
premium finance funding arrangement between the Company's Federated Premium
subsidiary and a lender in early 1997. This decrease was offset by the costs of
expanded marketing and advertising expenses.


                                       24
<PAGE>

     SALARIES AND WAGES. Salaries and wages increased 24.0% to $3.1 in 1997,
from $2.5 million in 1996. The $600,000 increase is primarily a result of the
hiring of six key management executives in 1997 and the latter half of 1996 and
the increase in personnel required to manage the increased volume in
underwriting and claims, as well as the increase in the number of affiliated
agencies to 12 in 1997 from 11 in 1996. The Company's employee count increased
approximately 21.7% to 129 at year end 1997 from 106 at year end 1996.


     AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS. Amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs increased to $496,000 in 1997 from $(149,000)
in 1996. The increase is attributable to the increase in the actual
amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs of 38.5% to $1.8 million in
1997 from $1.3 million in 1996. This increase is attributable to the premiums
written by independent agencies which increased by 31.8% to $11.2 million in
1997 from $8.5 million in 1996. This increase was also attributable to a
decrease in commissions earned from reinsurance ceded by Federated National to
$1.3 million in 1997 from $1.4 million in 1996. The net decrease in commissions
ceded is primarily the result of the return of $375,000 of commissions to the
reinsurer related to the refund of premiums ceded to the Company based on the
reinsurance modification in April 1997. This was offset by the increase in
additional ceding commissions related to the increase in premiums written
earned in 1997.


   
     INCOME TAX EXPENSE. The Company's estimated effective income tax rate was
20.9% for 1997 compared with 11.2% for 1996. This increase in the effective tax
rate is primarily the result of the January 1997 acquisition by the Company of
Assurance MGA, Federated Premium and Superior which, prior to their
acquisition, were S Corporations for Federal income tax purposes.
    


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


     The Company's primary sources of capital are revenues generated from
operations, investment income and borrowings under credit facilities. Because
the Company is a holding company, it is largely dependent upon dividends from
its subsidiaries for cash flow.


     In September 1997, Federated Premium entered into the Credit Facility, as
amended, which is used to fund its operations. Each advance is subject to
availability under a borrowing base calculation based upon a percentage of
eligible accounts receivable, with maximum advances outstanding not to exceed
the maximum credit commitment of $4.0 million. The outstanding balance of the
Credit Facility as of September 30, 1998 was $3,648,828. The annual interest
rate on borrowings under the Credit Facility is the prime rate plus 1.75%. The
Credit Facility contains various operating and financial covenants and is
collateralized by a first lien and assignment of all of Federated Premium's
finance contracts receivable. Federated Premium was in compliance with all
covenants under the Credit Facility as of June 30, 1998. The Credit Facility
expires on September 30, 2000.


     The Company is also party to a $400,000 line of credit which expires on
December 30, 1998. The line of credit has an annual interest rate at 1.25% over
the lender's variable base rate. The line was fully utilized and outstanding at
June 30, 1998. These funds were used for a November 1997 acquisition of an
unaffiliated agency.


     For the 30-month period ended June 30, 1998, operations generated
operating cash flow of $9.8 million, and operating cash flow is expected to be
positive in both the short-term and reasonably foreseeable future. In addition,
the Company's investment portfolio is highly liquid as it consists almost
entirely of readily marketable securities.


     The Company believes that the net proceeds of this Offering, when combined
with its current capital resources, will be sufficient to support current
operations and expected growth for at least 24 months from the completion of
this Offering.


     In October 1996, Federated National purchased land in Plantation, Florida
to construct a headquarters building. In August 1998, the building was
completed and the Company consolidated its


                                       25
<PAGE>

executive offices and administrative operations in the building, which consists
of approximately 14,000 square feet. The cost of the project was approximately
$1.5 million of which approximately $925,000 has been paid as of June 30, 1998.
 


     To retain its certificate of authority, the Florida insurance laws and
regulations require that Federated National maintain capital surplus equal to
the greater of 10.0% of its liabilities or the 1997 statutory minimum capital
and surplus requirement of $2.1 million as defined in the Florida Insurance
Code. The Company is also required to adhere to prescribed premium-to-capital
surplus ratios. The Company is in compliance with these requirements.


     The maximum amount of dividends which can be paid by Florida insurance
companies without prior approval of the Florida Commissioner is subject to
restrictions relating to statutory surplus. The maximum dividend that may be
paid in 1998 by the Company without prior approval is limited to the lesser of
statutory net income from operations of the preceding calendar year or 10.0% of
statutory unassigned capital surplus as of the preceding December 31, and
amounted to $0 at December 31, 1997.


     The Company is party to the Consent Order which limits the amount of
premiums it can underwrite in 1998 and 1999. See "Business--Regulation."


   
     The Company is required to comply with the NAIC's risk-based capital
requirements. The NAIC's risk-based capital requirements are a method of
measuring the amount of capital appropriate for an insurance company to support
its overall business operations in light of its size and risk profile. NAIC's
risk-based capital standards are used by regulators to determine appropriate
regulatory actions relating to insurers who show signs of weak or deteriorating
condition. As of June 30, 1998, based on calculations using the appropriate
NAIC formula, the Company's total adjusted capital is in excess of ratios which
would require any form of regulatory action. GAAP differs in some respects from
reporting practices prescribed or permitted by the Florida Department of
Insurance. Federated National's statutory capital surplus was approximately
$4,112,265 as of December 31, 1997 and $4,708,291 as of June 30, 1998.
Statutory net income was $493,089 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
$721,314 for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
    


IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES


     The consolidated and combined financial statements and related data
presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the
measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical
dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money
over time due to inflation. The primary assets and liabilities of the Company
are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant
impact on the Company's performance than the effects of the general levels of
inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or with
the same magnitude as the cost of paying losses and LAE.


     Insurance premiums are established before the Company knows the amount of
loss and LAE and the extent to which inflation may affect such expenses.
Consequently, the Company attempts to anticipate the future impact of inflation
when establishing rate levels. While the Company attempts to charge adequate
rates, the Company may be limited in raising its premium levels for competitive
and regulatory reasons. Inflation also affects the market value of the
Company's investment portfolio and the investment rate of return. Any future
economic changes which result in prolonged and increasing levels of inflation
could cause increases in the dollar amount of incurred loss and LAE and thereby
materially adversely affect future liability requirements.


YEAR 2000 MATTERS


     In 1996, the Company began converting its computer systems to be year 2000
compliant. The Company has evaluated its internal systems, both hardware and
software, facilities, and interactions with business partners in relation to
year 2000 issues. As of December 31, 1997, the Company believes


                                       26
<PAGE>

that it had completed its efforts to bring the systems in compliance. The total
cost incurred during the year ended December 31, 1997 to modify these existing
systems, which include both internal and external costs of programming, coding
and testing, was not material. The Company continually evaluates computer
hardware and software upgrades and, therefore, many of the costs to replace
existing items with year 2000 compliant upgrades are not likely to be
incremental costs to the Company. During 1998, the Company will continue to
contact its business partners (including agents, banks, motor vehicle
departments and rating agencies) to determine the status of their compliance
and to assess the impact of noncompliance on the Company. The Company believes
that it is taking the necessary measures to mitigate issues that may arise
relating to the year 2000. To the extent that any additional issues arise, the
Company will evaluate the impact on its business, results of operations and
financial condition and, if material, make the necessary disclosures and take
appropriate remedial action.


                                       27
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS


GENERAL


     The Company is a vertically integrated insurance holding company which,
through its subsidiaries, controls substantially all aspects of the insurance
underwriting, distribution and claims process. The Company underwrites
nonstandard and standard personal automobile insurance and mobile home property
and casualty insurance in the State of Florida through its subsidiary,
Federated National. The Company has underwriting authority for third-party
insurance companies which it represents through a wholly-owned managing general
agent, Assurance MGA. The Company internally processes claims made by Federated
National's insureds through a wholly-owned claims adjusting company, Superior.
The Company also offers premium financing to its own and third-party insureds
through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Federated Premium, and offers auto title
loans and other ancillary services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Florida
Auto Title.


     The Company markets and distributes Federated National's and third-party
insurers' products and its other services primarily in South Florida, through a
network of 15 Company-owned agencies and approximately 300 active independent
agents. The Company believes that it can be distinguished from its competitors
because it generates revenue from substantially all aspects of the insurance
underwriting, distribution and claims process. The Company provides quality
service to both its agents and insureds by utilizing an integrated computer
system which links the Company's insurance and service entities. The Company's
computer and software systems allow for rapid automated premium quotation,
policy issuance, billing and payment and claims processing and enable the
Company to continuously monitor substantially all aspects of its business.
Using these systems, the Company's agents can access a customer's driving
record, quote a premium, offer premium financing and, if requested, generate a
policy on-site. The Company believes that these systems have facilitated its
ability to market and underwrite insurance products on a cost-efficient basis,
and that they will enhance the Company's ability to expand to other regions in
Florida and to other states.


     The Company's primary product is nonstandard personal automobile
insurance, which is principally provided to insureds who are unable to obtain
preferred or standard insurance coverage because of their payment history,
driving record, age, vehicle type or other factors, including market conditions
for preferred or standard risks. Underwriting standards for preferred or
standard insurance coverage have become more restrictive, thereby requiring
more drivers to seek coverage in the nonstandard automobile insurance market.
These factors have contributed to an increase in the size of the nonstandard
personal automobile insurance market. Based on information provided by A.M.
Best, a leading rating agency for the insurance industry, from 1993 to 1997,
the nonstandard personal automobile insurance market in the United States grew
from approximately $14.2 billion to approximately $22.0 billion of annual
premium volume and from approximately 15.1% to approximately 19.2% of the total
personal automobile insurance market. Also according to A.M. Best, from 1993 to
1997 annual premium volume in the nonstandard personal automobile insurance
market in Florida grew from approximately $1.5 billion to approximately $2.6
billion and from approximately 27.8% to approximately 35.6% of the total
personal automobile insurance market in Florida.


BUSINESS STRATEGY


     The Company's strategy is to seek continued growth of its business by
capitalizing on the efficiencies of its vertical integration and


      /bullet/ selectively expanding the Company's product offerings by
        underwriting additional insurance products and programs such as
        standard automobile insurance, which the Company commenced offering in
        August 1998, commercial vehicle insurance and homeowners' insurance,
        and marketing these products and programs through its distribution
        network;


                                       28
<PAGE>

      /bullet/ further penetrating the Florida market by acquiring additional
        insurance agencies and establishing relationships with additional
        independent agents in order to expand the Company's distribution
        network to and market its products and services in other regions of
        Florida;


      /bullet/ expanding direct marketing of insurance products to customers
        through mailings, media advertising and the Internet;


      /bullet/ maintaining a commitment to provide quality service to its
        agents and insureds by emphasizing customer service;


      /bullet/ encouraging agents to place a high volume of quality business
        with the Company by providing them with attractive commission
        structures tied to premium levels and loss ratios;


      /bullet/ identifying and reviewing opportunities to acquire additional
        insurers; and


      /bullet/ employing the business practices developed and used in Florida
        to ultimately expand to other selected states.


     The Company is continually exploring various acquisition opportunities,
but does not currently have any understandings, commitments, arrangements or
agreements with respect to any acquisition.


BACKGROUND


     The Company commenced operations in November 1983 when Edward J. Lawson
and Michele V. Lawson, the Company's co-founders, opened an independent
insurance agency in South Florida to sell private passenger automobile
insurance. Through internal growth and acquisitions, the number of
Company-owned agencies has expanded to 15, located principally in South
Florida. In September 1987, Mr. and Mrs. Lawson organized Federated Premium to
offer premium financing services.


     In January 1992, Federated National was established to underwrite private
passenger automobile insurance and enhance operating margins. In October 1994,
Assurance MGA was formed to manage underwriting, policy administration,
marketing, accounting and financial services and to participate in the
negotiation of reinsurance contracts for the Company. Additional corporations
were subsequently formed or acquired to handle the Company's insurance claims
internally in order to reduce ultimate loss payments, lower LAE and improve
customer service, manage the Company's agencies and to provide customers with
short-term auto title loans. In January 1997 and January and February 1998, the
Company effected the Consolidation in which the Company became the holding
company for all of the Company's operating subsidiaries.


INSURANCE OPERATIONS


  UNDERWRITING


     GENERAL. The Company underwrites its nonstandard and standard personal
automobile insurance and mobile home property and casualty insurance through
Federated National. Federated National is licensed to conduct business only in
Florida. From 1992 when Federated National commenced operations as an insurer,
to 1997, gross written premiums grew at a 34.0% compound annual rate from $4.1
million to $17.7 million.


     In connection with the Company obtaining approval from the Florida
Department of Insurance to underwrite mobile home insurance, the Company
entered into a Consent Order with the Florida Department of Insurance which
limits the amount of premiums it may underwrite. Consent orders are normally
entered into by an insurance company with the Florida Department of Insurance
when an insurance company desires to underwrite a new product. In 1998,
Federated National may only


                                       29
<PAGE>

underwrite $21.0 million in gross premiums written and $14.0 million in total
net premiums written. In 1999, this limit increases to $24.0 million and $15.0
million, respectively. Federated National is also required to maintain a
minimum capital surplus to support its underwriting program. In 1998 and 1999,
Federated National is also required to have capital surplus of $4.7 million and
$5.9 million, respectively. The premium limits and capital surplus requirements
impact Federated National's potential growth. Federated National's potential to
exceed the premium limits and capital surplus requirements is great and its
ability to exceed these requirements will be subject to the prior approval of
the Florida Department of Insurance. The Florida Department of Insurance has
indicated in writing its willingness to modify the Consent Order and increase
Federated National's underwriting authority, subject to the completion of this
Offering. The Company believes that as a result of the capital generated by
this Offering, Federated National will have capital surplus significantly in
excess of the required minimum. Accordingly, the Company believes it will be
able to substantially increase the amount of premiums Federated National may
underwrite. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will obtain the
approval of the Florida Department of Insurance to exceed the underwriting
limitations or that it will not be subject to other regulatory limits on the
amount of premiums it can underwrite.

     The following tables set forth the amount and percentages of Federated
National's gross premiums written and premiums ceded to reinsurers and net
premiums written by line of business for the periods indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                             1998                       1997
                                    -----------------------   -------------------------
                                      PREMIUM      PERCENT      PREMIUM       PERCENT
                                    -----------   ---------   -----------   -----------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Written:
 Nonstandard Automobile .........    $ 11,043        90.7%     $  8,842         100.0%
 Mobile Home ....................       1,126         9.3            --            --
                                     --------       -----      --------         -----
  Total Written .................      12,169       100.0%        8,842         100.0%
Ceded:
 Nonstandard Automobile .........      (3,308)       87.7%       (2,040)        100.0%
 Mobile Home ....................        (464)       12.3            --            --
                                     --------       -----      --------         -----
  Total Ceded ...................      (3,772)      100.0%       (2,040)        100.0%
Net:
 Nonstandard Automobile .........       7,735        92.1%        6,802         100.0%
 Mobile Home ....................         662         7.9            --            --
                                     --------       -----      --------         -----
  Total Net .....................    $  8,397       100.0%     $  6,802         100.0%
                                     ========       =====      ========         =====
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                             1997                       1996
                                    -----------------------   -------------------------
                                      PREMIUM      PERCENT      PREMIUM       PERCENT
                                    -----------   ---------   -----------   -----------
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Written:
 Nonstandard Automobile .........    $ 17,332        98.1%     $ 14,851         100.0%
 Mobile Home ....................         343         1.9            --            --
                                     --------       -----      --------         -----
  Total Written .................      17,675       100.0%       14,851         100.0%
Ceded:
 Nonstandard Automobile .........      (4,536)       97.4%       (5,603)        100.0%
 Mobile Home ....................        (123)        2.6            --            --
                                     --------       -----      --------         -----
  Total Ceded ...................      (4,659)      100.0%       (5,603)        100.0%
Net:
 Nonstandard Automobile .........      12,796        98.3%        9,248         100.0%
 Mobile Home ....................         220         1.7            --            --
                                     --------       -----      --------         -----
  Total Net .....................    $ 13,016       100.0%     $  9,248         100.0%
                                     ========       =====      ========         =====
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>

     Following completion of this Offering, the Company intends to expand its
business by identifying and reviewing opportunities to acquire additional
insurers, agencies, and other related businesses. The Company is continually
exploring various acquisition opportunities, but does not currently have any
understandings, commitments, arrangements or agreements with respect to any
acquisition.


     NONSTANDARD AUTOMOBILE.  Nonstandard personal automobile insurance is
principally provided to insureds who are unable to obtain standard insurance
coverage because of their payment history, driving record, age, vehicle type or
other factors, including market conditions. Underwriting standards for
preferred and standard coverage have become more restrictive, thereby requiring
more insureds to seek nonstandard coverage and contributing to increase in the
size of the nonstandard automobile market. Nonstandard automobile insurance,
however, generally involves the potential for increased loss exposure and
higher claims experience. Loss exposure is limited because premiums usually are
at higher rates than those charged for standard insurance coverage and because
approximately 32.0% of the policies issued by Federated National provide the
minimum coverage required of the policyholder by statute and provide no bodily
injury coverage. Federated National currently underwrites nonstandard personal
automobile insurance in Florida, where the minimum limits are $10,000 per
individual and $20,000 per accident for bodily injury and $10,000 per accident
for property damage and comprehensive and collision up to $50,000. The average
annual premium on policies currently in force is approximately $650. Federated
National underwrites this coverage on an annual and semi-annual basis.


     Due to the purchasing habits of nonstandard automobile insureds (for
example, insureds seeking the least expensive insurance required of the
policyholder by statute which satisfies the requirements of state laws to
register a vehicle), policy renewal rates tend to be low compared to standard
policies. Federated National's experience has been that a significant number of
existing policyholders allow their policies to lapse and then reapply for
insurance as new policyholders. Federated National's average policy renewal
rate is 35.0%. The success of Federated National's nonstandard automobile
insurance program, therefore, depends in part on its ability to replace
non-renewing insureds with new policyholders through marketing efforts.


     The Company markets Federated National's nonstandard personal automobile
coverage primarily through its network of Company-owned agencies and
independent agents. The Company also markets its insurance on a limited basis
directly to insureds through direct mail and media advertising.


     The Company emphasizes customer service to both its agents and insureds by
utilizing an integrated computer system which links all of the Company's
insurance and service entities. The Company's computer and software systems
allow for rapid automated premium quotation, policy issuance, billing and
payment and claims processing and enable the Company to monitor substantially
all aspects of its business. This system enables the Company's agent's to
rapidly access the customer's driving record, quote a premium and, if
requested, generate the policy on-site.


     Following the completion of this Offering, the Company intends to focus
its efforts on further penetrating the Florida nonstandard personal automobile
insurance market. Ultimately, the Company intends to expand to other selected
states. The Company will select states for expansion based on a number of
criteria, including the size of the personal automobile insurance market,
statewide loss results, competition and the regulatory climate. The Company's
ability to expand into other states will be subject to the prior regulatory
approval of each state. Certain states impose seasoning requirements upon
licensee applicants, which, due to the Company's limited operating history, may
impose burdens on the Company's ability to obtain a license to conduct
insurance business in those other states. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to obtain the required licenses, and the failure to do so
would limit the Company's ability to expand geographically.


     STANDARD AUTOMOBILE. Standard personal automobile insurance is principally
provided to insureds that present an average risk profile in terms of payment
history, driving record, vehicle type and other factors. As part of its
expansion strategy, in August 1998 Federated National commenced underwriting
standard personal automobile insurance. Limits on standard personal automobile
insurance are


                                       31
<PAGE>

generally significantly higher than those for nonstandard coverage, but
typically provide for deductibles and other restrictive terms. Federated
National is initially underwriting standard personal automobile insurance
policies providing coverage no higher than $100,000 per individual and $300,000
per accident for bodily injury and $50,000 per accident for property damage and
comprehensive and collision up to $50,000 per accident, with deductibles
ranging from $200 to $1,000. The Company is marketing Federated National's
standard personal automobile insurance through its network of Company-owned
agencies and independent agents.


     MOBILE HOME. In 1997, Federated National commenced underwriting homeowners
insurance for mobile homes, principally in Central and Northern Florida, where
the Company believes that the risk of catastrophe loss from hurricanes is less
than in other areas of the state. Homeowners insurance generally protects an
owner of real or personal property against covered causes of loss to that
property. Homeowners insurance for mobile homes generally involves the
potential for above-average loss exposure. In the absence of major catastrophe
losses, loss exposure is limited because premiums usually are at higher rates
than those charged for non-mobile home property and casualty insurance.
Additionally, Federated National's property lines typically provide maximum
coverage in the amount of $75,000, with the average policy limit being
approximately $31,000. In addition, the Company presently intends to limit its
mobile home coverage to no more than 10.0% of its underwriting exposure. The
average annual premium on policies currently in force is approximately $379 and
the typical deductible is $500. As the Company-owned agencies are located
primarily in South Florida, the Company markets Federated National's mobile
home property and casualty insurance through independent agents in Central and
Northern Florida.


     FUTURE PRODUCTS. The Company intends to expand its product offerings by
underwriting additional insurance products and programs and marketing them
through its distribution network. Within one year after completion of this
Offering, the Company intends to expand its product offerings to include
homeowners' insurance and increase its current limited offering of commercial
vehicle insurance. The Company currently has not taken any affirmative steps
toward expanding the foregoing product offerings. Expansion of the Company's
product offerings will result in an increase in expenses due to additional
costs incurred in additional actuarial rate justifications, software and
personnel. Future products, such as homeowners' insurance, may require
regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that the Company can
successfully obtain the necessary regulatory approval and underwrite and
profitably market and distribute any of these products.


     In connection with the Company obtaining approval from the Florida
Department of Insurance to underwrite mobile home insurance, the Company
entered into a Consent Order with the Florida Department of Insurance which
limits the amount of premiums it may underwrite. Consent orders are normally
entered into by an insurance company with the Florida Department of Insurance
when an insurance company desires to underwrite a new product. In 1998,
Federated National may only underwrite $21.0 million in gross premiums written
and $14.0 million in total net premiums written. In 1999, Federated National is
limited to $24.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively. Federated National
also is required to maintain a minimum capital surplus to support its
underwriting program. In 1998 and 1999, Federated National is required to have
capital surplus of $4.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively. The premium
limits and capital surplus requirements impact Federated National's potential
growth. Federated National's potential to exceed the premium limits and capital
surplus requirements is great and its ability to exceed these requirements will
be subject to the prior approval of the Florida Department of Insurance. The
Florida Department of Insurance has indicated in writing its willingness to
modify the Consent Order and increase Federated National's underwriting
authority, subject to the completion of this Offering. The Company believes
that as a result of the capital generated by this Offering, Federated National
will have capital surplus significantly in excess of the required minimum.
There can be no assurance that Federated National will obtain the approval of
the Florida Department of Insurance to exceed the underwriting limitations or
that it will not be subject to other regulatory limits on the amount of
premiums it can underwrite. See "Regulation."


                                       32
<PAGE>

  ASSURANCE MGA


     Assurance MGA acts as Federated National's managing general agent.
Assurance MGA currently provides all underwriting policy administration,
marketing, accounting and financial services to Federated National and the
Company's agencies and participates in the negotiation of reinsurance
contracts.


     Assurance MGA has established a relationship with and has underwriting
authority for Gainsco, Inc. for commercial property and casualty lines and
Lloyds of London for various other insurance products. Assurance MGA also
generates revenue through policy fee income and other administrative fees from
the marketing of these companies' products through the Company's distribution
network. Assurance MGA plans to establish relationships with additional
carriers and add additional insurance products and products.


  SUPERIOR


     The Company internally processes claims made by Federated National's
insureds through Superior. The Company-owned agencies and independent agents
have no authority to settle claims or otherwise exercise control over the
claims process. Management believes that the employment of salaried claims
personnel, as opposed to independent adjusters, results in reduced ultimate
loss payments, lower LAE and improved customer service. The Company only
retains independent appraisers and adjusters on an as needed basis.


     Claims settlement authority levels are established for each adjuster or
manager based on the employee's ability and level of experience. Upon receipt,
each claim is reviewed and assigned to an adjuster based on the type and
severity of the claim. All claim-related litigation is monitored by Company
personnel. The claims policy of the Company emphasizes prompt and fair
settlement of meritorious claims and the establishment of appropriate liability
for claims. The Company believes that the internal processing of claims enables
it to provide quality customer service while controlling claims adjustment
expenses.


  FEDERATED PREMIUM


     Federated Premium provides premium financing to both Federated National's
insureds and to third-party insureds. Premium financing is marketed through the
Company's distribution network of Company-owned agencies and independent
agents. Lending operations are supported by Federated Premium's own capital
base and are currently leveraged through the Credit Facility.


     Premiums for property and casualty insurance are typically payable at the
time a policy is placed in force or renewed. Federated Premium's services allow
the insured to pay a portion of the premium when the policy is placed in force
and the balance in monthly installments over the life of the policy. As
security, Federated Premium retains a contractual right, if a premium
installment is not paid when due, to cancel the insurance policy and to receive
the unearned premium from the insurer (or in the event of insolvency of an
insurer, from the Florida Guarantee Association, subject to a $100 per policy
deductible). In the event of cancellation, Federated Premium applies the
unearned premium towards the payment obligation of the insured. As part of its
premium financing offered to third-party insureds, Federated Premium may
advance funds for financed premiums to independent insurance agencies who
represent third-party insurers. If remittance is not made by the agency to the
third-party insurer, advances made by Federated Premium may only be recoverable
to the extent that the agency's receipt of such advances is received by the
third-party insurer. Premium financing which the Company offers to its own
insureds involves limited credit risk.


                                       33
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the amount and percentages of premiums
financed for Federated National and other insurers for the periods indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                  ----------------------------------------------
                                           1998                   1997(1)
                                  ----------------------   ---------------------
                                   PREMIUMS     PERCENT     PREMIUMS     PERCENT
                                  ----------   ---------   ----------   --------
                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
   Federated National .........    $ 5,460        62.1%         --          --
   Other insurers .............      3,334        37.9          --          --
                                   -------       -----     ----------   --------
     Total ....................    $ 8,794       100.0%         --          --
                                   =======       =====     ==========   ========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  ------------------------------------------------
                                           1997                     1996
                                  ----------------------   -----------------------
                                   PREMIUMS     PERCENT     PREMIUMS      PERCENT
                                  ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
   Federated National .........    $ 1,972        51.4%     $ 3,973         40.2%
   Other insurers .............      1,865        48.6        5,908         59.8
                                   -------       -----      -------        -----
     Total ....................    $ 3,837       100.0%     $ 9,881        100.0%
                                   =======       =====      =======        =====
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) In July 1996 the Company ceased all new premium financing because of an
    unfavorable premium finance lending arrangement. In early 1997 the premium
    finance lending arrangement was terminated and in September 1997 a new
    premium finance lending arrangement was established and the Company
    recommended premium financing activities.


  AUTO TITLE LOANS AND ANCILLARY SERVICES


     In 1998, the Company began offering auto title loans, which are short-term
(30-day) loans secured by free and clear automobile titles. These loans bear
interest rates which by law may range from 5.0% to 22.0% per month and, in the
Company's case, average 7.0% per month. The criteria for a loan is that the
borrower must show proof that he or she is currently employed and has utility
(telephone and electricity) accounts. If a borrower qualifies, he or she may
obtain a loan for up to 50.0% of the wholesale book value of the automobile.
Insurance is required and a lien is taken out on the title for security. The
Company offers ancillary automobile services at most of its Company-owned
agencies such as the issuance of license tags and renewals. Auto title loan and
ancillary services are presently offered exclusively through the 15
Company-owned agencies, although the Company intends to offer these services
throughout its entire distribution network in the future.


MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION


     The Company markets and distributes Federated National's and third-party
insurers' products and its other services primarily in South Florida, through a
network of 15 Company-owned agencies and approximately 300 active independent
agents. The Company's agencies are located in Miami-Dade, Broward and Polk
Counties, Florida, and its network of independent agents are located primarily
in South Florida. The Company supports its agency network by advertising in
various media.


     Company-employed and independent agents have the authority to sell and
bind insurance coverages in accordance with procedures established by Assurance
MGA. Assurance MGA reviews all coverages bound by the agents promptly and
generally accepts all coverages which fall within stated underwriting criteria.
Assurance MGA also has the right within a period of 60 days from a policy's
inception to cancel any policy upon 45 days notice, even if the risk falls
within its underwriting criteria.


     The Company believes that it provides its independent agents with
attractive commission structures. The Company compensates its agents by paying
a commission based on a percentage of premiums produced. The Company also
offers its agents a contingent commission based on premium levels and loss
ratios, which is intended to encourage the agents to place an increased portion
of their profitable business with the Company.


                                       34
<PAGE>

     The Company believes that its integrated computer system, which allows for
rapid automated premium quotation and policy issuance by its agents, is a key
element in providing quality service to both its agents and insureds. For
example, upon entering a customer's basic personal information, the customer's
driving record is accessed and a premium rate is quoted. If the customer
chooses to purchase the insurance, the system generates the policy on-site.


     The Company believes that its distribution system will ultimately enable
it to lower its expense ratio and operate with more favorable loss experience.
A lower expense ratio will, in turn, allow the Company to more effectively
compete with larger providers of nonstandard automobile and other forms of
insurance.


     The following table sets forth the amount and percentages of insurance
premiums written through Company-owned agencies and independent agents for the
periods indicated:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                    1998                     1997
                                           ----------------------   -----------------------
                                            PREMIUMS     PERCENT     PREMIUMS      PERCENT
                                           ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Through Company-owned agencies .........    $ 2,908        23.9%      $2,223         25.1%
Through independent agents .............      9,262        76.1        6,619         74.9
                                            -------       -----       ------        -----
  Total ................................    $12,170       100.0%      $8,842        100.0%
                                            =======       =====       ======        =====
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997                     1996
                                           ----------------------   -----------------------
                                            PREMIUMS     PERCENT     PREMIUMS      PERCENT
                                           ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Through Company-owned agencies .........    $ 4,518        26.1%     $ 4,950         33.3%
Through independent agents .............     13,157        73.9        9,900         67.6
                                            -------       -----      -------        -----
  Total ................................    $17,675       100.0%     $14,850        100.0%
                                            =======       =====      =======        =====
</TABLE>

     Following completion of this Offering, the Company will seek to expand its
distribution network and market its products and services in other regions of
Florida by acquiring additional insurance agencies and establishing
relationships with additional independent agents. Ultimately, as the Company
expands its insurance operations to other states, the Company will seek to
replicate its distribution network in those states. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to obtain the required regulatory approvals to
offer additional insurance products or expand into states other than Florida.
Moreover, pursuant to the Consent Order, the Company's growth in Florida is
currently subject to limits on the amount of premiums it can underwrite. See
"Regulation."


     In addition to its agency network, the Company currently markets its
insurance products on a limited basis directly to customers. Such marketing
efforts are concentrated in geographic areas of Florida where the Company does
not have an extensive network of agents. Following completion of this Offering,
the Company intends to expand its direct marketing efforts through additional
media and Internet advertising, as well as direct mail promotions.


REINSURANCE


     Federated National follows the customary industry practice of reinsuring a
portion of its risks and paying for that protection based upon premiums
received on all policies subject to such reinsurance. Reinsurance involves an
insurance company transferring or "ceding" all or a portion of its exposure on
insurance underwritten by it to another insurer, known as a "reinsurer." The
reinsurer assumes a portion of the exposure in return for a portion, or quota
share, of the premium, and pays the ceding company a commission based upon the
amount of insurance ceded. The ceding of insurance does not


                                       35
<PAGE>

legally discharge the insurer from its primary liability for the full amount of
the policies. If the reinsurer fails to meet its obligations under the
reinsurance agreement, the ceding company is still required to pay the loss.


     Reinsurance is ceded under separate contracts or "treaties" for the
separate lines of business underwritten. The Company ceded $5,978,636 in
premiums written for the 12 month period ended September 30, 1998. Federated
National's reinsurance for automobile insurance is primarily ceded with
Transatlantic Re, an A++ rated reinsurance company. Federated National cedes
30.0% of automobile premiums written to Transatlantic Re. Federated National
maintains reinsurance contracts for mobile home insurance with A-rated
reinsurers including Transatlantic Re. Federated National cedes 40.0% of mobile
home premiums written to Transatlantic Re, Everest Reinsurance Company
("Everest Re"), CNA Reinsurance Company Limited ("CNA Re") and Terranova
Insurance Company Limited ("Terranova Re"). Everest Re, CNA Re and Terranova Re
are A rated reinsurance companies. The reinsurance program renews annually,
although the Company continually reviews the program and may elect to change it
more frequently. Reinsurance is placed directly by the Company and through
national reinsurance intermediaries.


     The Company is selective in choosing a reinsurer and considers numerous
factors, the most important of which is the financial stability of the
reinsurer, its history of responding to claims and its overall reputation. In
an effort to minimize its exposure to the insolvency of a reinsurer, the
Company evaluates the acceptability and reviews the financial condition of the
reinsurer at least annually. The Company's current policy is to use only
reinsurers that have an A.M. Best rating of "A (Excellent)" or better.


LIABILITY FOR UNPAID LOSSES AND LAE


     The Company is directly liable for loss and LAE payments under the terms
of the insurance policies that it writes. In many cases, several years may
elapse between the occurrence of an insured loss, the reporting of the loss to
the Company and the Company's payment of that loss. As required by insurance
regulations and accounting rules, the Company reflects its liability for the
ultimate payment of all incurred losses and LAE by establishing a liability for
those unpaid losses and LAE for both reported and unreported claims, which
represent estimates of future amounts needed to pay claims and related
expenses.


     When a claim involving a probable loss is reported, the Company
establishes a liability for the estimated amount of the Company's ultimate loss
and LAE payments. The estimate of the amount of the ultimate loss is based upon
such factors as the type of loss, jurisdiction of the occurrence, knowledge of
the circumstances surrounding the claim, severity of injury or damage,
potential for ultimate exposure, estimate of liability on the part of the
insured, past experience with similar claims and the applicable policy
provisions.


     All newly reported claims received with respect to nonstandard personal
automobile policies are set up with an initial average liability. The average
liability for these claims are determined every quarter by dividing the number
of closed claims into the total amount paid during the three month period. If a
claim is open more than 30 days, that open case liability is evaluated and the
liability is adjusted upward or downward according to the facts and damages of
that particular claim. The Company anticipates that it will adopt a similar
policy with respect to standard automobile policies.


     In addition, management provides for a liability on an aggregate basis to
provide for IBNR. The Company utilizes independent actuaries to help establish
its liability for unpaid losses and LAE. The Company does not discount the
liability for unpaid losses and LAE for financial statement purposes. There are
no differences in the liability for unpaid losses and LAE established under
GAAP and those established under SAP.


     The estimates of the liability for unpaid losses and LAE are subject to
the effect of trends in claims severity and frequency and are continually
reviewed. As part of this process, the Company reviews


                                       36
<PAGE>

historical data and considers various factors, including known and anticipated
legal developments, changes in social attitudes, inflation and economic
conditions. As experience develops and other data become available, these
estimates are revised, as required, resulting in increases or decreases to the
existing liability for unpaid losses and LAE. Adjustments are reflected in
results of operations in the period in which they are made and the liabilities
may deviate substantially from prior estimates.


     Among the classes of insurance underwritten by the Company, the automobile
and mobile home liability claims historically tend to have longer time lapses
between the occurrence of the event, the reporting of the claim to the Company
and the final settlement than do automobile physical damage and mobile home
property claims. Liability claims often involve parties filing suit and
therefore may result in litigation. By comparison, property damage claims tend
to be reported in a relatively shorter period of time and settle in a shorter
time frame with less occurrence of litigation.


     There can be no assurance that the Company's liability for unpaid losses
and LAE will be adequate to cover actual losses. If the Company's liability for
unpaid losses and LAE proves to be inadequate, the Company will be required to
increase the liability with a corresponding reduction in the Company's net
income in the period in which the deficiency is identified. Future loss
experience substantially in excess of established liability for unpaid losses
and LAE could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results
of operations and financial condition.


     The following table sets forth a reconciliation of beginning and ending
liability for unpaid losses and LAE as shown in the Company's consolidated and
combined financial statements for the periods indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           ---------------------------   ------------------------
                                                1998           1997          1997         1996
                                           -------------   -----------   -----------   ----------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1 ...................     $ 6,726        $  6,234      $  6,234      $  4,756
 Less reinsurance recoverables .........      (2,091)         (1,702)       (1,702)       (1,068)
                                             --------       --------      --------      --------
  Net balance at January 1 .............     $ 4,635        $  4,532      $  4,532      $  3,688
                                             ========       ========      ========      ========
Incurred related to:
 Current year ..........................     $ 4,686        $  3,582      $  7,612      $  7,598
 Prior years ...........................            (5)         (311)         (198)           62
                                             ----------     --------      --------      --------
  Total incurred .......................     $ 4,681        $  3,271      $  7,414      $  7,660
                                             =========      ========      ========      ========
Paid related to:
 Current year ..........................     $ 2,038        $  1,564      $  4,459      $  4,178
 Prior years ...........................       1,895           2,267         2,852         2,638
                                             ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Total paid ...........................     $ 3,933        $  3,831      $  7,311      $  6,816
                                             =========      ========      ========      ========
Net balance at period ending ...........     $ 5,383        $  3,972      $  4,635      $  4,532
 Plus reinsurance recoverables .........       2,240           1,774         2,091         1,702
                                             ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Balance at period ending .............     $ 7,623        $  5,746      $  6,726      $  6,234
                                             =========      ========      ========      ========
</TABLE>

     Based upon consultations with the Company's independent actuarial
consultants and their statement of opinion on losses and LAE, the Company
believes that the liability for unpaid losses and LAE is adequate to cover all
claims and related expenses which may arise from incidents reported and IBNR.


                                       37
<PAGE>

     The following table presents total unpaid loss and LAE, net and total
reinsurance recoverables shown in the Company's consolidated and combined
financial statements for the periods indicated.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED           YEARS ENDED
                                                   JUNE 30,              DECEMBER 31,
                                             ---------------------   ---------------------
                                                1998        1997        1997        1996
                                             ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Loss and LAE, net ........................    $ 3,325     $2,712      $3,383      $3,166
IBNR, net ................................      2,058      1,260       1,252       1,366
                                              -------     ------      ------      ------
  Total unpaid loss and LAE, net .........    $ 5,383     $3,972      $4,635      $4,532
                                              =======     ======      ======      ======
Reinsurance recoverable ..................      1,373      1,176       1,267       1,045
IBNR recoverable .........................        867        598         824         657
                                              -------     ------      ------      ------
  Total reinsurance recoverable ..........    $ 2,240     $1,774      $2,091      $1,702
                                              =======     ======      ======      ======
</TABLE>

     The following table presents the liability for unpaid losses and LAE for
the Company for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, 1995, 1994, 1993 and
1992. The top line of the table shows the estimated net liabilities for unpaid
losses and LAE at the balance sheet date for each of the periods indicated.
These figures represent the estimated amount of unpaid losses and LAE for
claims arising in all prior years that were unpaid at the balance sheet date,
including losses that had been incurred but not yet reported. The portion of
the table labeled "Cumulative paid as of" shows the net cumulative payments for
losses and LAE made in succeeding years for losses incurred prior to the
balance sheet date. The lower portion of the table shows the re-estimated
amount of the previously recorded liability based on experience as of the end
of each succeeding year.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,(1)
                                               -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1997        1996        1995        1994        1993       1992
                                               ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance Sheet Liability ....................    $ 4,635     $ 4,532     $3,688      $3,355      $2,507      $611
Cumulative paid as of:
 One year later ............................                  2,852      2,638       2,449       1,964       499
 Two years later ...........................                             2,658       2,792       2,426       554
 Three years later .........................                                         3,018       2,449       585
 Four years later ..........................                                                     2,529       580
 Five years later ..........................                                                                 583
Re-estimated net liability as of:
 End of year ...............................    $ 4,635     $ 4,532     $3,688      $3,355      $2,507      $611
 One year later ............................                  4,334      3,750       3,570       2,566       628
 Two years later ...........................                             3,252       3,231       2,780       586
 Three years later .........................                                         3,305       2,596       593
 Four years later ..........................                                                     2,619       580
 Five years later ..........................                                                                 583
Cumulative redundancy (deficiency) .........         --     $   198     $  436      $   50      $ (112)     $ 28
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) To evaluate the information in the table properly it should be noted that,
    although the Company recorded its participation in the FJUA from 1992
    until 1995 in its 1996 statutory financial statements, this table properly
    reflects the Company's participation in the FJUA in the corresponding
    years.


     The cumulative redundancy or deficiency represents the aggregate change in
the estimates over all prior years. A deficiency indicates that the latest
estimate of the liability for losses and LAE is higher than the liability that
was originally estimated and a redundancy indicates that such estimate is
lower. It should be emphasized that the table presents a run-off of balance
sheet liability for the periods indicated rather than accident or policy loss
development for those periods. Therefore, each amount in the table includes the
cumulative effects of changes in liability for all prior periods. Conditions
and trends that have affected liabilities in the past may not necessarily occur
in the future.


                                       38
<PAGE>

     Underwriting results of insurance companies are frequently measured by
their Combined Ratios. However, investment income, Federal income taxes and
other non-underwriting income or expense are not reflected in the Combined
Ratio. The profitability of property and casualty insurance companies depends
on income from underwriting, investment and service operations. Underwriting
results are considered profitable when the Combined Ratio is under 100% and
unprofitable when the Combined Ratio is over 100%. The following table sets
forth Loss Ratios, Expense Ratios and Combined Ratios for the periods indicated
for the nonstandard automobile insurance business of the Company. The Ratios
shown in the table below are computed based upon GAAP.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SIX MONTHS ENDED        YEARS ENDED
                               JUNE 30,           DECEMBER 31,
                           -----------------   -------------------
                            1998      1997       1997       1996
                           ------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                          <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Loss Ratio .............     77%        73%        75%        85%
Expense Ratio ..........     18         29         27         23
                             --         --         --         --
Combined Ratio .........     95%       102%       102%       108%
                             ==        ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>

INVESTMENTS


     The Company's investment objective is to maximize total rate of return
after Federal income taxes while maintaining liquidity and minimizing risk. The
Company's current investment policy limits investment in non-investment grade
fixed maturity securities (including high-yield bonds), and limits total
investments in equity securities and mortgage notes receivable to approximately
20.0% and 5.0%, respectively, of total consolidated investments. The Company
also complies with applicable laws and regulations which further restrict the
type, quality and concentration of investments. In general, these laws and
regulations permit investments, within specified limits and subject to certain
qualifications, in Federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate bonds,
preferred and common equity securities and real estate mortgages.


     The Company's investment policy is established by the Board of Directors
and is reviewed on a regular basis. Pursuant to this investment policy, as of
June 30, 1998, approximately 89.8% of the Company's investments were in
investment-grade fixed income securities and short-term investments, which are
considered to be either available for sale or held to maturity, based upon the
Company's intent at the time of purchase. Fixed maturities are considered
available for sale and are marked to market. The Company may in the future also
consider fixed maturities held to maturity and carried at amortized cost. The
Company does not use any material swaps, options, futures or forward contracts
to hedge or enhance its investment portfolio.


     The Company's investment portfolio is managed by the Company's Investment
Committee consisting of the Company's President, the President of Federated
National and one outside advisor, in accordance with guidelines established by
the Florida Department of Insurance.


                                       39
<PAGE>

     The table below sets forth investment results for the periods indicated.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED          YEARS ENDED
                                                      JUNE 30,              DECEMBER 31,
                                               ----------------------   --------------------
                                                  1998         1997        1997        1996
                                               ----------   ---------   ----------   -------
                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>  
Interest on fixed maturities ...............      $ 439       $ 391       $  817      $ 601
Dividends on equity securities .............         49          31          147        105
Interest on short-term investments .........         19          24           38        132
Other ......................................         (1)          7           64         25
                                                  -----       -----       ------      -----
Total investment income ....................        506         453        1,066        863
Investment expense .........................         --          --          (19)       (13)
Net investment income ......................      $ 506       $ 453       $1,047      $ 850
                                                  =====       =====       ======      =====
Net realized gain (losses) .................      $ 390       $ (34)      $  (19)     $ 155
                                                  =====       =====       ======      =====
</TABLE>

     The following table summarizes, by type, the investments of the Company as
of June 30, 1998.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               CARRYING     PERCENT OF
                                                                AMOUNT        TOTAL
                                                              ----------   -----------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Fixed maturities, at market:
 U.S. government agencies and authorities .................    $  2,013        11.3%
 Obligations of states and political subdivisions .........      11,453        64.2
 Corporate securities .....................................       2,083        11.7
 Collateralized mortgage obligations ......................         462         2.6
                                                               --------        ----
  Total fixed maturities ..................................      16,011        89.8
                                                               --------        ----
 Equity securities, at market .............................       1,647         9.2
 Mortgage notes receivable ................................         181         1.0
                                                               --------        ----
  Total investments .......................................    $ 17,839         100%
                                                               ========        ====
</TABLE>

     Fixed maturities are carried on the Company's balance sheet at market. At
June 30, 1998, fixed maturities had the following quality ratings (by Moody's
Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and for securities not assigned a rating by
Moody's, by Standard and Poor's Corporation):



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  CARRYING     PERCENT OF
                   AMOUNT        TOTAL
                 ----------   -----------
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>              <C>          <C>
AAA ..........    $  4,959        31.0%
AA ...........       3,801        23.7
A ............       2,222        13.9
BBB ..........       5,029        31.4
BB++ .........          --          --
                  --------       -----
                  $ 16,011       100.0%
                  ========       =====
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>

     The following table summarizes, by maturity, the fixed maturities of the
Company as of June 30, 1998.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      CARRYING     PERCENT OF
                                       AMOUNT        TOTAL
                                     ----------   -----------
                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>
Matures In:
One year or less .................    $    309         1.9%
One year to five years ...........         676         4.2
Five years to 10 years ...........       4,499        28.1
More than 10 years ...............      10,527        65.8
                                      --------       -----
  Total fixed maturities .........    $ 16,011       100.0%
                                      ========       =====
</TABLE>

     At June 30, 1998, the average maturity of the fixed maturities portfolio
was 13 years.


COMPETITION


     The Company operates in a highly competitive market and faces competition
from both national regional insurance companies, many of whom are larger and
have greater financial and other resources than the Company, have favorable
A.M. Best ratings and offer more diversified insurance coverage. The Company's
competitors include other companies which market their products through agents,
as well as companies which sell insurance directly to their customers. Large
national writers may have certain competitive advantages over agency writers,
including increased name recognition, increased loyalty of their customer base
and reduced policy acquisition costs. The Company may also face competition
from new or temporary entrants in its niche markets. In some cases, such
entrants may, because of inexperience, desire for new business or other
reasons, price their insurance below that of the Company. Although the
Company's pricing is inevitably influenced to some degree by that of its
competitors, management of the Company believes that it is generally not in the
Company's best interest to compete solely on price, choosing instead to compete
on the basis of underwriting criteria, its distribution network and superior
service to its agents and insureds. The Company competes with respect to
automobile insurance in Florida with more than 100 companies which underwrite
personal automobile insurance. Companies of comparable or smaller size which
compete with the Company in the nonstandard automobile insurance industry
include Fortune Insurance Company, U.S. Security Insurance Company, United
Automobile Insurance Company, Direct General Insurance Company and Security
National, as well as major insurers such as Progressive Casualty Insurance
Company. Competition could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.


REGULATION


  GENERAL


     The Company is subject to the laws and regulations in Florida and will be
subject to the laws and regulations of any other states in which it seeks to
conduct business in the future. The regulations cover all aspects of its
business and are generally designed to protect the interests of insurance
policyholders, as opposed to the interests of shareholders. Such regulations
relate to authorized lines of business, capital and surplus requirements,
allowable rates and forms (particularly for the nonstandard auto segment),
investment parameters, underwriting limitations, transactions with affiliates,
dividend limitations, changes in control, market conduct, maximum amount
allowable for premium financing service charges, maximum amount of interest
allowable for title loans and a variety of other financial and non-financial
components of the Company's business.


   
     In connection with the Company obtaining approval from the Florida
Department of Insurance to underwrite mobile home insurance, the Company
entered into a Consent Order with the Florida Department of Insurance which
limits the amount of premiums it may underwrite. Consent orders are
    


                                       41
<PAGE>

   
normally entered into by an insurance company with the Florida Department of
Insurance when an insurance company desires to underwrite a new product. In
1998, Federated National only may underwrite $21.0 million in gross premiums
written and $14.0 million in total net premiums written. In 1999, Federated
National is limited to $24.0 million and $15.0 million, respectively. Federated
National also is required to maintain a minimum capital surplus to support its
underwriting program. In 1998 and 1999, Federated National is required to have
capital surplus of $4.7 million and $5.9 million, respectively. The premium
limits and capital surplus requirements impact Federated National's potential
growth. Federated National's potential to exceed the premium limits and capital
surplus requirements is great and its ability to exceed these requirements will
be subject to the prior approval of the Florida Department of Insurance. The
Florida Department of Insurance has indicated in writing its willingness to
modify the Consent Order and increase Federated National's underwriting
authority, subject to the completion of this Offering. The Company believes
that as a result of the capital generated by this Offering, Federated National
will have capital surplus significantly in excess of the required minimum.
There can be no assurance that the Company will obtain the prior approval of
the Florida Department of Insurance to exceed the underwriting limitations or
that it will not be subject to other regulatory limits on the amount of
premiums Federated National may underwrite. The failure of the Company to
comply with certain provisions of applicable insurance laws and regulations
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition. In addition, any changes in such laws and
regulations including the adoption of consumer initiatives regarding rates
charged for automobile or other insurance coverage, could materially adversely
affect the operations of the Company's, ability to expand its operations. The
Company, however, is unaware of any consumer initiatives which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or
financial condition.


     Florida has recently adopted laws regarding personal injury protection.
The Company believes that these recently adopted laws will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial
condition.
    


     Many states have also enacted laws which restrict an insurer's
underwriting discretion, such as the ability to terminate policies, terminate
agents or reject insurance coverage applications, and many state regulators
have the power to reduce, or to disallow increases in, premium rates. These
laws may adversely affect the ability of an insurer to earn a profit on its
underwriting operations.


     Most states have insurance laws requiring that rate schedules and other
information be filed with the state's insurance regulatory authority, either
directly or through a rating organization with which the insurer is affiliated.
The regulatory authority may disapprove a rate filing if it finds that the
rates are inadequate, excessive or unfairly discriminatory. Rates, which are
not necessarily uniform for all insurers, vary by class of business, hazard
covered, and size of risk. The Company is permitted to file rates for
nonstandard policies which are usually higher than those charged for standard
risks, reflecting the higher probability of loss. Florida and several states
have recently adopted laws or their legislatures are considering proposed laws
which, among other things, limit the ability of insurance companies to effect
rate increases or to cancel, reduce or non-renew insurance coverage with
respect to existing policies, particularly private passenger automobile
insurance.


     Most states require licensure or regulatory approval prior to the
marketing of new insurance products. Typically, licensure review is
comprehensive and includes a review of a company's business plan, solvency,
reinsurance, character of its officers and directors, rates, forms and other
financial and non-financial aspects of the Company. The regulatory authorities
may not allow entry into a new market by withholding approval or not granting a
license which, in turn, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
ability to expand its operations.


     All insurance companies must file quarterly and annual statements with
certain regulatory agencies and are subject to regular and special examinations
by those agencies. The last regulatory examination of Federated National
covered the three-year period ended on December 31, 1995. No material
deficiencies were found during this regulatory examination.


                                       42
<PAGE>

     In some instances, various states routinely require deposits of assets for
the protection of policyholders either in those states or for all
policyholders. As of December 31, 1997, securities representing $250,000 or
1.5% of the carrying value of the Company's total investments, were on deposit
with the State of Florida.


  INSURANCE HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION


     The Company is subject to laws governing insurance holding companies in
Florida where Federated National is domiciled. These laws, among other things,
(i) require the Company to file periodic information with the Florida
Department of Insurance, including information concerning its capital
structure, ownership, financial condition and general business operations, (ii)
regulate certain transactions between the Company and its affiliates, including
the amount of dividends and other distributions and the terms of surplus notes
and (iii) restrict the ability of any one person to acquire certain levels of
the Company's voting securities without prior regulatory approval. Any
purchaser of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Company will be presumed to have acquired control of Federated National unless
the Florida Insurance Commissioner, upon application, has determined otherwise.
 


     Under Florida law, a domestic insurer may not pay any dividend or
distribute cash or other property to its shareholders except out of that part
of its available and accumulated capital surplus funds which is derived from
realized net operating profits on its business and net realized capital gains.
A Florida domestic insurer may not make dividend payments or distributions to
shareholders without prior approval of the Florida Department of Insurance if
the dividend or distribution would exceed the larger of (i) the lesser of (a)
10.0% of capital surplus or (b) net income, not including realized capital
gains, plus a two-year carryforward, (ii) 10.0% of capital surplus with
dividends payable constrained to unassigned funds minus 25% of unrealized
capital gains or (iii) the lesser of (a) 10.0% of capital surplus or (b) net
investment income plus a three-year carryforward with dividends payable
constrained to unassigned funds minus 25.0% of unrealized capital gains.
Alternatively, a Florida domestic insurer may pay a dividend or distribution
without the prior written approval of the Florida Department of Insurance (i)
if the dividend is equal to or less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the
insurer's capital surplus as regards policyholders derived from realized net
operating profits on its business and net realized capital gains or (b) the
insurer's entire net operating profits and realized net capital gains derived
during the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii) the insurer will have
policyholder capital surplus equal to or exceeding 115.0% of the minimum
required statutory capital surplus after the dividend or distribution, (iii)
the insurer files a notice of the dividend or distribution with the department
at least ten business days prior to the dividend payment or distribution and
(iv) the notice includes a certification by an officer of the insurer attesting
that, after the payment of the dividend or distribution, the insurer will have
at least 115.0% of required statutory capital surplus as to policyholders.
Except as provided above, a Florida domiciled insurer may only pay a dividend
or make a distribution (i) subject to prior approval by the Florida Department
of Insurance or (ii) 30 days after the Florida Department of Insurance has
received notice of such dividend or distribution and has not disapproved it
within such time.


     Under these laws, Federated National is not permitted to pay dividends to
the Company in 1998 without prior regulatory approval. Although the Company
believes that amounts required for it to meet its financial and operating
obligations will be available, there can be no assurance in this regard.
Further, there can be no assurance that, if requested, the Florida Department
of Insurance will allow any dividends to be paid by Federated National in the
future.


     The maximum dividends permitted by state law are not necessarily
indicative of an insurer's actual ability to pay dividends or other
distributions to a parent company, which also may be constrained by business
and regulatory considerations, such as the impact of dividends on capital
surplus, which could affect an insurer's competitive position, the amount of
premiums that can be written and the ability to pay future dividends. Further,
state insurance laws and regulations require that the statutory capital surplus
of an insurance company following any dividend or distribution by it be
reasonable in relation to its outstanding liabilities and adequate for its
financial needs.


                                       43
<PAGE>

     While the non-insurance company subsidiaries are not subject directly to
the dividend and other distribution limitations, insurance holding company
regulations govern the amount which a subsidiary within the holding company
system may charge any of the insurance companies for service (e.g., management
fees and commissions).


   
     In order to enhance the regulation of insurer solvency, the NAIC enacted a
model law (the "Model Law") to implement its risk-based capital requirements
for insurance companies. The Model Law became effective with respect to
property and casualty insurance companies as of year-end 1994. The requirements
are designed to assess capital adequacy and to raise the level of protection
that statutory surplus provides for policyholders. The Model Law measures three
major areas of risk facing property and casualty insurers: (i) underwriting
risks, which encompass the risk of adverse loss developments and inadequate
pricing; (ii) declines in asset values arising from credit risk; and (iii)
other business risks from investments. Insurers having less statutory surplus
than required by the Model Law will be subject to varying degrees of regulatory
action, depending on the level of capital inadequacy. The Model Law establishes
various levels of regulatory action. Based upon the 1997 statutory financial
statements for Federated National, the Company's insurance subsidiary,
Federated National's statutory surplus exceeds all regulatory action levels
established by the NAIC. The Florida Department of Insurance could require
Federated National to cease operations in the event Federated National fails to
maintain the required statutory capital.


     The extent of regulatory intervention and action increases as the ratio of
an insurer's statutory surplus to its Authorized Control Level ("ACL"), as
calculated under the Model Law, decreases. The first action level, the Company
Action Level, requires an insurer to submit a plan of corrective actions to the
insurance regulators if statutory surplus falls below 200.0% of the ACL amount.
The second action level, the Regulatory Action Level, requires an insurer to
submit a plan containing corrective actions and permits the insurance
regulators to perform an examination or other analysis and issue a corrective
order if statutory surplus falls below 150.0% of the ACL amount. The Authorized
Control Level, the third action level, allows the regulators to rehabilitate or
liquidate an insurer in addition to the aforementioned actions if statutory
surplus falls below the ACL amount. The fourth action level is the Mandatory
Control Level which requires the regulators to rehabilitate or liquidate the
insurer if statutory surplus falls below 70.0% of the ACL amount. Federated
National's ratio of statutory surplus to its ACL, as calculated under the Model
Law, was 260.6% at December 31, 1997 and 290.6% at December 31, 1996.
Regulatory action is triggered if surplus falls below 200.0% of the ACL amount.
 


     The NAIC has also developed IRIS ratios to assist state insurance
departments in identifying companies which may be developing performance or
solvency problems, as signaled by significant changes in the companies'
operations. Such changes may not necessarily result from any problems with an
insurance company, but may merely indicate changes in certain ratios outside
the ranges defined as normal by the NAIC. When an insurance company has four or
more ratios falling outside "usual ranges", state regulators may investigate to
determine the reasons for the variance and whether corrective action is
warranted. As of December 31, 1997, the Florida Department of Insurance found
that Federated National was outside the usual range with respect to four IRIS
tests. Federated National fell outside the usual range with respect to two of
the IRIS tests due to not reporting its underwriting results related to the
FJUA, in its statutory financial statements prior to 1996 because it was
unaware it was required to do so at the time. The full results since Federated
National's inception of its FJUA participation were reported in the 1996
underwriting year. If the FJUA results are not considered, Federated National
still falls outside the usual range with respect to two IRIS tests. Although
the Florida Department of Insurance found that Federated National was outside
the usual range with respect to the four IRIS tests, no regulatory action has
been taken to date. There can be no assurance, however, that IRIS-related
regulatory action will not be taken in the future.
    

     The Company's premium financing program is also subject to certain laws
governing the operation of premium finance companies. These laws pertain to
such matters as books and records that must be kept, forms, licensing, fees and
charges. For example, in Florida, the maximum late payment fee Federated
Premium may charge is the greater of $10 per month or 5% of the amount of the
overdue payment.


                                       44
<PAGE>

  UNDERWRITING AND MARKETING RESTRICTIONS


     During the past several years, various regulatory and legislative bodies
have adopted or proposed new laws or regulations to deal with the cyclical
nature of the insurance industry, catastrophic events and insurance capacity
and pricing. These regulations include (i) the creation of "market assistance
plans" under which insurers are induced to provide certain coverages, (ii)
restrictions on the ability of insurers to rescind or otherwise cancel certain
policies in mid-term, (iii) advance notice requirements or limitations imposed
for certain policy non-renewals and (iv) limitations upon or decreases in rates
permitted to be charged.


  LEGISLATION


     From time to time, new regulations and legislation are proposed to limit
damage awards, to control plaintiffs' counsel fees, to bring the industry under
regulation by the Federal government, to control premiums, policy terminations
and other policy terms and to impose new taxes and assessments. It is not
possible to predict whether, in what form or in what jurisdictions, any of
these proposals might be adopted, or the effect, if any, on the Company.


  INDUSTRY RATINGS SERVICES


     Federated National does not qualify for a letter rating by A.M. Best
because of insufficient operating history. Typically, A.M. Best requires a
company to have a five-year operating history before issuing ratings. Such
period may be extended by management or operational changes such as the
Consolidation. Federated National expects to receive an A.M. Best letter rating
in 1999. Although Federated National has not yet received a letter rating from
A.M. Best, A.M. Best has issued a FPR of "3 out of 9 (below average)" to
Federated National. An FPR reflects A.M. Best's opinion of the financial
strength and operating performance of property and casualty insurance companies
on which it reports, that have not been assigned a letter rating due to, among
other factors, insufficient operating history. A.M. Best's ratings are based
upon factors of concern to agents, reinsurers and policyholders are not
primarily directed toward the protection of investors. Federated National is
rated "BBB" (Adequate and Secure) by Standard and Poor's Corporation and is
rated "A" (Strong) by Demotech, Inc.


EMPLOYEES


     As of June 30, 1998, the Company and its subsidiaries had 128 employees,
including three executive officers. The Company is not a party to any
collective bargaining agreement and has not experienced work stoppages or
strikes as a result of labor disputes. The Company considers relations with its
employees to be satisfactory.


FACILITIES


     In August 1998, the Company consolidated its executive offices and
administrative operations into a 14,000 square foot facility built to its
specifications in Plantation, Florida. The facility is owned by the Company.
Prior to such consolidation, these operations were based in four locations in
Fort Lauderdale, Florida. See "Certain Transactions."


     The Company's agencies are located in leased locations pursuant to leases
expiring at various times through February 2004. The aggregate annual rental
for the facilities is approximately $422,000. See "Certain Transactions."


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


     The Company is subject to routine legal proceedings in the ordinary course
of business. The Company believes that the ultimate resolution of these
lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial
condition or results of operations. The Company provides for a liability for
both the amount of estimated damages attributable to these lawsuits and the
estimated costs of litigation.


                                       45
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS


     Set forth below is certain information concerning the directors and
executive officers of the Company:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                  AGE    POSITION
- ----------------------------------   -----   -------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>
Edward J. Lawson(1)(3) ...........    48     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Michele V. Lawson ................    40     Vice President--Agency Operations, Treasurer and
                                             Director
Ronald A. Raymond(3) .............    53     President, Federated National and Director
Patrick D. Doyle(1)(2) ...........    38     Secretary and Director
Joseph A. Epstein(1)(2) ..........    43     Director
Carla L. Leonard .................    36     Director
Bruce Simberg(2) .................    50     Director
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Member of Compensation Committee.

(2) Member of Audit Committee.

(3) Member of Investment Committee.


     EDWARD J. LAWSON co-founded the Company and has served as its President
and Chief Executive Officer since inception. Mr. Lawson has over 15 years
experience in the insurance industry commencing with the founding of the
Company's initial insurance agency in 1983.


     MICHELE V. LAWSON, co-founded the Company and has served as a director and
executive officer since inception. Mrs. Lawson is currently the Company's Vice
President--Agency Operations, and Treasurer. Mrs. Lawson has 15 years
experience in the insurance industry commencing with the founding of the
Company's initial insurance agency in 1983 and also holds a property and
casualty license in Florida.


     RONALD A. RAYMOND has served as a director of the Company and as Federated
National's President since June 1995. From May 1970 to the present date, Mr.
Raymond has been a shareholder and president of Raymond/Patterson Agency, Inc.,
a managing general agency, in Ft. Lauderdale, Florida. From May 1992 to the
present date, Mr. Raymond has been a shareholder of Gulfstream Insurance Group,
Inc., a multi-lines insurance agency, in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Mr. Raymond
holds general lines, surplus lines, and life insurance licenses in Florida and
is a past President of the Independent Insurance Agents of Broward County.


     PATRICK D. DOYLE has served as Secretary and a director of the Company
since April 1998. Since April 1990, Mr. Doyle has been Chief Financial Officer
of Efjohn North America Limited, a lessor and manager of cruise ships. From May
1982 to April 1990, Mr. Doyle was employed by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, most
recently as a Senior Manager focusing on the emerging growth business sector.
Mr. Doyle is a certified public accountant. Mr. Doyle is also currently a
director of a subsidiary of Silja OY AB, a Finish company.


     JOSEPH A. EPSTEIN has served as a director of the Company since April
1998. Since January 1998, Mr. Epstein has been the Chief Financial Officer at
the Center for English Studies, Inc., a provider of language services. From
November 1996 to January 1998, Mr. Epstein was a partner at the accounting firm
of Mallah, Furman & Company, P.A. From May 1989 to October 1996, Mr. Epstein
was a shareholder of the accounting firm of Rachlin, Cohen & Holtz.


     CARLA L. LEONARD has served as a director of the Company since its
inception. Since September 1983, Ms. Leonard has also owned and operated
Statewide Insurance and Auto Tag Agency, Inc., an independent insurance agency.
 


                                       46
<PAGE>

     BRUCE SIMBERG has served as a director of the Company since January 28,
1998. Mr. Simberg has been a practicing attorney for the last 22 years, most
recently as managing partner of Conroy, Simberg & Ganon, a law firm in Fort
Lauderdale, Florida since October 1979.


     Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson are husband and wife. There are no
other family relationships among the Company's directors and executive
officers.


     The Company's Articles provide that the Board of Directors is divided into
three classes and directors serve staggered three-year terms. Joseph A. Epstein
and Carla L. Leonard will hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders
scheduled to be held in 1999, Bruce Simberg and Patrick Doyle will hold office
until the 2000 annual meeting, and Edward J. Lawson, Michele V. Lawson and
Ronald A. Raymond will hold office until the 2001 annual meeting.


     The Company has also agreed, for a three-year period following the
effective date of the Registration Statement, to elect one designee of the
Representative to the Company's Board of Directors. In the event the
Representative does not designate a person for election to the Company's Board
of Directors, the Representative is entitled to information and observer rights
with respect to meetings of the Company's Board of Directors and executive
committees, if any. No designee has been chosen as of the date of this
Prospectus. See "Underwriting."


     Officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors
and until the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual
meeting of the Company's shareholders and until their successors have been
chosen and qualified. The Company is actively seeking to secure the services of
a Chief Financial Officer.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION


     The Company has historically paid fees to all of its directors. Such fees
were paid at the rate of $6,000 per annum during 1996 and 1997 and at rates
ranging from $12,000 to $25,000 per annum since January 1, 1998. In addition,
directors of Federated National are paid directors fees at the rate of $2,000
per annum.


     Effective September 1, 1998, the Company will no longer compensate
employee directors for their services as directors of either the Company or
Federated National. Non-employee directors will receive a fee of $500 per
meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof attended, and will
receive annual grants of stock options under the 1998 Plan to purchase 3,000
shares of Common Stock. All directors will, however, also be reimbursed for
travel and lodging expenses in connection with their attendance at meetings.


     In September 1998, each of Ms. Leonard and Messrs. Doyle, Epstein and
Simberg were granted ten-year options under the 1998 Plan to purchase 3,000
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share. Such options
will vest over a four-year period commencing September 1999. Mr. Doyle has also
been granted additional options under the 1998 Plan. See "1998 Stock Option
Plan."


INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS


     The Company has entered into an indemnification agreement with each of its
directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement provides that
the Company will indemnify such person against certain liabilities (including
settlements) and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in
connection with any threatened or pending legal action, proceeding or
investigation (other than actions brought by or in the right of the Company) to
which he or she is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of his or
her status as a director, officer or agent of the Company, provided that such
director or executive officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company
and, with respect to any criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful. With respect to any


                                       47
<PAGE>

action brought by or in the right of the Company, a director or executive
officer will also be indemnified, to the extent not prohibited by applicable
law, against expenses and amounts paid in settlement, and certain liabilities
if so determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, actually and reasonably
incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in
good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interest of the Company. The Company also intends to secure
$3.0 million in directors' and officers' liability insurance, effective upon
consummation of this Offering.


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


     The following table sets forth information concerning compensation for
1997 received by the Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO") and for the other
executive officers whose annual salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for 1997
(collectively, with the CEO, the "Named Executive Officers").



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         LONG TERM
                                                                        COMPENSATION
                                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION       AWARDS
                                                 -------------------   -------------
                                                                         SECURITIES      ALL OTHER
                                                   SALARY     BONUS      UNDERLYING     COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION        FISCAL YEAR      ($)        ($)       OPTION(#)         ($)(1)
- -------------------------------   ------------   ---------   -------   -------------   -------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>         <C>       <C>             <C>
Edward J. Lawson                         1997    290,936        --               --           3,000
 President and CEO
Michele V. Lawson                        1997    192,991        --               --           2,000
 Vice President--Agency
 Operations and Treasurer
Ronald A. Raymond                        1997    106,000        --               --           5,000
 President, Federated National
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1) Represents $3,000 in contributions for Mr. Lawson and Mr. Raymond to the
    Company's 401(k) Plan and $2,000 in directors fees for Ms. Lawson and Mr.
    Raymond.


  EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS


     Effective September 1, 1998, the Company entered into employment
agreements with each of Edward J. Lawson, the Company's President and Chief
Executive Officer and Michele V. Lawson, the Company's Vice President--Agency
Operations and Treasurer. Each employment agreement, which is filed as an
exhibit to the Company's Registration Statement, has a "rolling" two-year term,
so that at all times the remaining term of the agreement is two years. The
employment agreements provide for annual salaries initially set at $156,000 for
Mr. Lawson, and $78,000 for Mrs. Lawson, and such bonuses and increases as may
be awarded by the Board of Directors.


     Each employment agreement provides that the executive officer will
continue to receive his salary for a period of two years after termination of
employment, if his or her employment is terminated by the Company for any
reason other than death, disability or Cause (as defined in the employment
agreement), or for a period of 24 months after termination of the agreement as
a result of his or her disability and a bonus equal to twice the amount paid to
the executive officer during the 12 months preceding the termination, and the
executive officer's estate will receive a lump sum payment equal to two year's
salary plus a bonus equal to twice the amount paid to the executive officer
during the 12 months preceding the termination by reason of his death. Each
employment agreement also prohibits the executive officer from directly or
indirectly competing with the Company for one year after termination for any
reason except a termination without Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
assurance can be given that a court of competent jurisdiction will enforce the
provisions restricting these executives from competing with the Company. If a
Change of Control (as defined in the employment agreement) occurs, the
employment agreement provides for the continued employment of the executive


                                       48
<PAGE>

officer for a period of two years following the Change of Control. In addition,
following the Change of Control, if the executive officer's employment is
terminated by the Company other than for Cause or by reason of his death or
disability, or by the executive officer for certain specified reasons (such as
a reduction of compensation or a diminution of duties), he or she will receive
a lump sum cash payment equal to 299% of the cash compensation received by him
or her during the 12 calendar months prior to such termination.


  OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR


     The Company did not grant any options during 1997.


1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN


     Under the 1998 Plan, as amended, an aggregate of 350,000 shares of Common
Stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of options ("1998 Plan Options").
1998 Plan Options are designed to serve as incentives for retaining qualified
and competent directors, employees, consultants and independent contractors of
the Company.


     The Company's Board of Directors, or a committee thereof, administers and
interprets the 1998 Plan and is authorized to grant 1998 Plan Options
thereunder to all eligible employees of the Company, including directors
(whether or not employees) and executive officers of the Company, as well as
consultants and independent contractors hired by the Company. The 1998 Plan
provides for the granting of both "incentive stock options" (as defined in
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) and nonstatutory
stock options. Incentive stock options may only be granted, however, to
employees. 1998 Plan Options can be granted on such terms and at such prices as
determined by the Board, or a committee thereof, except that the per share
exercise price of incentive 1998 Plan Options will not be less than the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and, in the case of an
incentive 1998 Plan Option granted to a 10% shareholder, the per share exercise
price will not be less than 110% of such fair market value as defined in the
1998 Plan.


     In accordance with the Internal Revenue Service Code, options granted
under the 1998 Plan that would otherwise qualify as incentive stock options
will not be treated as incentive stock options to the extent that the aggregate
fair market value of the shares covered by the incentive stock options which
are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year
exceeds $100,000.


     1998 Plan Options will be exercisable after the period or periods
specified in the option agreement, provided, however, that incentive 1998 Plan
Options vest in three annual installments commencing one year from the date of
grant. 1998 Plan Options granted are not exercisable after the expiration of
ten years from the date of grant and are not transferable other than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution. Adjustments in the number of shares
subject to 1998 Plan Options can be made by the Board of Directors or the
appropriate committee in the event of a stock dividend or recapitalization
resulting in a stock split-up, combination or exchange of shares. Under the
1998 Plan, options may become immediately exercisable in the event of a change
in control or approval by stockholders of the Company of a merger,
consolidation, liquidation, dissolution or disposition of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company. The 1998 Plan also authorizes the Company to
make loans to optionees to enable them to exercise their options.


     As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company has 1998 Plan Options
outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 282,400 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $10.00 per share, including options to purchase 16,000,
10,000, 10,000 and 10,000 shares outstanding to Mr. Lawson, Mrs. Lawson, Mr.
Raymond and Mr. Doyle, respectively. All such options vest over a four-year
period commencing one year from the date of grant and expire ten years from the
date of grant. Of these options, 169,400 are incentive stock options and
113,000 are non-statutory stock options.


                                       49
<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


SALES AND REDEMPTION OF COMMON STOCK


     In June 1997, the Company redeemed 33,348 shares of Common Stock held by
Carla Leonard for cash consideration of $120,000.


     In December 1997, the Company sold 33,348 shares of Common Stock to Bruce
Simberg in a private transaction for cash consideration of $120,000.


THE CONSOLIDATION


     In January 1997, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of each of Assurance MGA, Federated Premium and Superior for cash
consideration of $65,000, $42,500 and $2,500, respectively. Edward J. Lawson,
Michele V. Lawson and Ronald A. Raymond were principal shareholders of
Assurance MGA, Federated Premium and Superior.


     In January 1998, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of eight affiliated corporations, principally the Company's
insurance agencies, in exchange for the issuance of 954,124 shares of Common
Stock to eight persons. Included in such shares were 377,481 shares of Common
Stock issued to each of Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson, who were
principal shareholders of seven of such corporations and 18,526 shares of
Common Stock issued to Ronald A. Raymond, who was the principal shareholder of
the eighth corporation.


     In February 1998, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of one additional insurance agency in exchange for the issuance
of 27,792 shares of Common Stock to five persons, including 6,948 shares of
Common Stock issued to each of Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson, who were
principal shareholders of the agency.


REAL ESTATE TRANSACTIONS


     In October 1997, the Company sold an office property housing one of its
agencies to Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson for $255,000. In connection
with the sale, the Company lent the Lawsons the sum of $200,000. Such loan is
evidenced by a promissory note which matures in October 2002, bearing interest
at the rate of 8.0% per annum and providing for monthly payments of principal
and interest. The outstanding balance of the promissory note was $180,561 and
$197,278 at June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively. The promissory
note is secured by a first mortgage lien on the property. The Company leases
the property from the Lawsons at a rental of $3,000 per month, pursuant to a
lease expiring in May 2001.


     The Company also leases a second insurance agency location from Edward J.
Lawson and Michele V. Lawson at a rental of $3,500 per month pursuant to a
lease expiring in May 2001.


     Prior to the Company's consolidation of its executive offices and
administrative operations, the Company leased a location from Ronald A. Raymond
at a rental of $2,650 per month and two other locations from Edward J. Lawson
and Michele V. Lawson at a rental of $6,500 per month.


     The Company believes that its arrangements with Edward J. Lawson, Michele
V. Lawson and Ronald A. Raymond are on terms at least as favorable as those the
Company could secure from a non-affiliated third party.


OTHER TRANSACTIONS


     Bruce F. Simberg, a director of the Company, is a partner of the Fort
Lauderdale, Florida law firm of Conroy, Simberg & Ganon, which renders legal
services to the Company. For the year ended


                                       50
<PAGE>

December 31, 1997 and the nine months ended September 30, 1998, the Company
paid legal fees to Conroy, Simberg & Ganon for services rendered in the amount
of $113,929 and $208,465, respectively.


APPROVAL OF AFFILIATED TRANSACTIONS


     No further transactions between the Company and its executive officers,
directors, principal shareholders or their affiliates are currently
contemplated. The Company has adopted a policy that any transactions between
the Company and its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or
their affiliates take place on an arms-length basis and require the approval of
a majority of the independent directors of the Company.


                                       51
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock, as of the date of this Prospectus and
as adjusted to reflect the sale of 1,250,000 shares offered hereby the Company,
of (i) each of the shareholders of the Company owning more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii)
each of the Named Executive Officers; and (iv) all directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF CLASS
                                                     NUMBER OF SHARES      -----------------------------------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)            BENEFICIALLY OWNED(2)    BEFORE OFFERING     AFTER OFFERING
- -----------------------------------------------   ----------------------   -----------------   ---------------
<S>                                               <C>                      <C>                 <C>
Edward J. Lawson(3) ...........................          1,269,078                60.4%              37.9%
Michele V. Lawson(4) ..........................          1,269,078                60.4               37.9
Ronald A. Raymond .............................            318,659                15.2                9.5
Patrick D. Doyle ..............................                 --                  --                 --
Joseph A. Epstein .............................                 --                  --                 --
Carla L. Leonard ..............................            166,740                 7.9                5.0
Bruce Simberg .................................             33,348                 1.6                1.0
All directors and executive officers as a group
  (seven persons) .............................          1,787,825                85.1%              53.4%
</TABLE>

- ----------------
   
(1) The address of each person named in the table is c/o 21st Century Holding
    Company, 4161 N.W. 5th Street, Plantation, Florida 33317.
    

(2) Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in this table have sole
    voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock
    listed, which include shares of Common Stock that such persons have the
    right to acquire a beneficial interest within 60 days from the date of
    this Prospectus.

(3) Includes 634,539 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mrs. Lawson.

(4) Includes 634,539 shares of Common Stock held of record by Mr. Lawson.


                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
     After this Offering, the authorized capital stock of the Company will
consist of (i) 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
3,350,000 shares of which will be outstanding and (ii) 1,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), none of
which are outstanding. The Company had 16 holders of record of its Common Stock
as of September 30, 1998.
    

COMMON STOCK

     Subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be
outstanding, each holder of Common Stock on the applicable record date is
entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors
out of funds legally available therefor, and, in the event of liquidation, to
share pro rata in any distribution of the Company's assets after payment of
providing for the payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any
outstanding Preferred Stock. Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one
vote for each share held of record on the applicable record date on all matters
presented to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors.
Holders of Common Stock have no cumulative voting rights or preemptive rights
to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities, and there are no
conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such
stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby will be, when issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The Company's Board of Directors has the authority to issue 1,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix, by resolution,
conditional, full, limited or no voting powers, and such designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if
any, and the


                                       52
<PAGE>

qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, including the
number of shares in such series (which the Board of Directors may increase or
decrease as permitted by Florida law), liquidation preferences, dividend rates,
conversion or exchange rights, redemption provisions of the shares constituting
any series and such other special rights and protective provisions with respect
to any class or series as the Board of Directors may deem advisable without any
further vote or action by the shareholders. Any shares of Preferred Stock so
issued would have priority over the Common Stock with respect to dividend or
liquidation rights or both and could have voting and other rights of
shareholders. The Company has no present plans to issue shares of Preferred
Stock.


CERTAIN FLORIDA LEGISLATION


     Florida has enacted legislation that may deter or frustrate takeovers of
Florida corporations. The Florida Control Share Act generally provides that
shares acquired in a "control share acquisition" will not possess any voting
rights unless such voting rights are approved by a majority of the
corporation's disinterested shareholders. A "control share acquisition" is an
acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person of ownership of, or the
power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and
outstanding "control shares" of a publicly held Florida corporation. "Control
shares" are shares, which, except for the Florida Control Share Act, would have
voting power that, when added to all other shares owned by a person or in
respect to which such person may exercise or direct the exercise of voting
power, would entitle such person, immediately after acquisition of such shares,
directly or indirectly, alone or as a part of a group, to exercise or direct
the exercise of voting power in the election of directors within any of the
following ranges: (i) at least 20% but less than 331/3% of all voting power;
(ii) at least 331/3% but less than a majority of all voting power; or (iii) a
majority or more of all voting power. The Florida Affiliated Transactions Act
generally requires supermajority approval by disinterested shareholders of
certain specified transactions between a public corporation and holders of more
than 10% of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation (or their
affiliates). Florida law and the Company's Articles and Bylaws also authorize
the Company to indemnify the Company's directors, officers, employees and
agents. In addition, the Company's Articles and Florida law presently limit the
personal liability of corporate directors for monetary damages, except where
the directors (i) breach their fiduciary duties, and (ii) such breach
constitutes or includes certain violations of criminal law, a transaction from
which the directors derived an improper personal benefit, certain unlawful
distributions or certain other reckless, wanton or willful acts or misconduct.


ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE ARTICLES AND BYLAWS


     Certain provision of the Articles and Bylaws may be deemed to have an
anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover
attempt, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the
market price for the shares held by shareholders. The following provisions may
not be amended in the Articles or Bylaws without the affirmative vote of the
holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.


     CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS. The Articles and Bylaws provide for the
Board of Directors to be divided into three classes serving staggered terms. As
a result, approximately one-third of the Board of Directors will be elected
each year. The Articles and Bylaws also provide that directors may only be
removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote. These
provisions, when coupled with the provision of the Articles and Bylaws
authorizing only the Board of Directors to fill vacant directorships or
increase the size of the Board of Directors, may deter a shareholder from
removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the Board of
Directors by filling the vacancies created by such removal with its own
nominees.

     SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS; PROHIBITION OF ACTION BY WRITTEN
CONSENT. The Articles and Bylaws prohibit the taking of shareholder action by
written consent without a meeting and provide that special meetings of
shareholders of the Company may be called only by a majority of the Board of
Directors, the Company's Chief Executive Officer or holders of not less than
one-third of the Company's outstanding voting stock.


                                       53
<PAGE>

     ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS AND DIRECTOR
NOMINATIONS. The Bylaws provide that shareholders seeking to bring business
before an annual meeting of shareholders, or to nominate candidates for
election as directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, must
provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a shareholder's notice
must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices
of the Company not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the
meeting; provided, however, that in the event that less than 70 days' notice or
prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given or made to
shareholders, notice by the shareholder, to be timely, must be received no
later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which
such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was
made, whichever is first. The Bylaws also specify certain requirements as to
the content and form of a shareholder's notice. These provisions may preclude
shareholders from bringing matters before the shareholders at an annual or
special meeting or from making nomination for directors at an annual or special
meeting.


     AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS. Except for the provisions identified above requiring
a two-thirds vote of the outstanding shares to alter, amend or repeal, the
Bylaws may only be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company.


TRANSFER AGENT


     The transfer agent for the Common Stock is Continental Stock Transfer &
Trust Company, New York, New York.


REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS


     The Company intends to furnish registered holders with annual reports
containing financial statements audited by its independent accounting firm and
quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing
unaudited interim financial information.


                                       54
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


     Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have 3,350,000 shares
of Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock
sold in this Offering will be freely tradeable without restriction under the
Securities Act, except for such shares which are acquired by an "affiliate" of
the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an
"Affiliate"), which shares generally may be sold publicly without registration
under the Securities Act only in compliance with Rule 144.


     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if a period of at least
one year has elapsed since the later of the date the "restricted shares" (as
that phrase is defined in Rule 144) were acquired from the Company and the date
they were acquired from an Affiliate, then the holder of such restricted shares
(including an Affiliate) is entitled to sell a number of shares within any
three-month period that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then
outstanding shares of the Common Stock or the average weekly reported volume of
trading of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq National Market during the four
calendar weeks preceding such sale. The holder may only sell such shares
through unsolicited brokers' transactions or directly to market makers. Sales
under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements pertaining to the
manner of such sales, notices of such sales and the availability of current
public information concerning the Company. Affiliates may sell shares not
constituting restricted shares in accordance with the foregoing volume
limitations and other requirements but without regard to the one-year holding
period.


     Under Rule 144(k), if a period of at least two years has elapsed between
the later of the date restricted shares were acquired from the Company and the
date they were acquired from an Affiliate, as applicable, a holder of such
restricted shares who is not an Affiliate at the time of the sale and has not
been an Affiliate for at least three months prior to the sale would be entitled
to sell the shares immediately without regard to the volume limitations and
other conditions described above.


     Shareholders who collectively own all 2,100,000 currently outstanding
shares of Common Stock have agreed that they will not directly or indirectly,
sell, offer, contract to sell, make a short sale, pledge or otherwise dispose
of any shares of Common Stock (or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any other rights to purchase or acquire Common
Stock other than shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
options) owned by them, for a period of 13 months after the effective date of
this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the Representative. After
the 13 month period, all of such shares subject to the sale restriction will be
eligible for sale in the public market under the Securities Act, subject to the
volume limitations and other restrictions contained in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.


     Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of
the Company. The Company can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that
sales of shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market
price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts
of the Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may
occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices.


                                       55
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING


     Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting
Agreement between the Company and the Representative (the "Underwriting
Agreement"), the Underwriters below have severally agreed to purchase from the
Company, and the Company has agreed to sell to the several Underwriters, the
number shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their names below:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUMBER
NAME OF UNDERWRITER                             OF SHARES
- --------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                            <C>
   Gilford Securities Incorporated .........
 
     Total .................................   1,250,000
                                               =========
</TABLE>

     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters thereunder are subject to approval of certain legal matters by
counsel and to various other conditions. The nature of the Underwriters'
obligation is such that they are committed to purchase and pay for all of the
above shares offered hereby if any are purchased.


     The Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock directly to
the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus, and at such price less a concession not in excess of $       per
share to certain securities dealers, of which a concession not in excess of
$       per share may be reallowed to certain other securities dealers. After
this Offering, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed
by the Underwriters.


     The Underwriters have been granted a 45-day over-allotment option to
purchase from the Company up to an aggregate of 187,500 additional shares of
Common Stock exercisable at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount. If the Underwriters exercise such over-allotment option, each of the
Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions, to
purchase approximately the same percentage thereof as the number of shares to
be purchased by it bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. The Underwriters may exercise such option only to cover over-allotments
made in connection with the sale of Common Stock offered hereby.


   
     Upon consummation of this Offering, the Company has agreed to sell to the
Representative, for nominal consideration, the Representative's Warrants to
purchase from the Company 125,000 shares of Common Stock. The Representative's
Warrants are initially exercisable at a price per share equal to 145.0% of the
initial public offering price for a period of four years commencing one year
after the date of this Prospectus and are restricted from sale, transfer,
assignment or hypothecation for a period of 12 months form the date hereof,
except to officers of the Representative. The Representative's Warrants also
provide for adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise thereof as a result of certain subdivisions and combinations of
the Common Stock. The Representative's Warrants grant to the holders thereof
certain rights of registration for the shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Representative's Warrants.


     The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute
to certain payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof. The Company has also agreed to pay the Representative an expense
allowance on a non-accountable basis equal to two percent of the gross proceeds
of this Offering, of which $50,000 has been paid to date.
    


     The Company has also agreed, for a three-year period following the
effective date of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a
part, to elect one designee of the Underwriter to the Company's Board of
Directors. In the event the Underwriter does not designate a person for


                                       56
<PAGE>

election to the Company's Board of Directors, the Underwriter is entitled to
information and observer rights with respect to meetings of the Company's Board
of Directors and executive committees, if any. No designee has been chosen as
of the date of this Prospectus.


     The holders of all 2,100,000 currently outstanding shares have agreed that
for a period of 13 months from the date of this Prospectus they will not offer
for sale, sell, or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock beneficially
owned by them, without the prior written consent of the Representative.


     Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been determined by negotiations between the Company and the Underwriters and is
not necessarily related to the Company's asset value, net worth or other
established criteria of value. The factors considered in such negotiations, in
addition to prevailing market conditions, included the history of and prospects
for the industry in which the Company competes, an assessment of the Company's
management, the prospects of the Company, its capital structure and certain
other factors as were deemed relevant.


     In connection with this Offering, certain Underwriters and selling group
members and their respective affiliates may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Such transactions may include stabilization transactions effected in accordance
with Rule 104 of Regulation M, pursuant to which such persons may bid for or
purchase Common Stock for the purpose of stabilizing its market price. The
Underwriters also may create a short position for the account of the
Underwriters by selling more Common Stock in connection with the Offering than
they are committed to purchase from the Company and in such a case may purchase
Common Stock in the open market following completion of the Offering to cover
all or a portion of such short position. The Underwriters may also cover all or
a portion of such short position, up to 187,500 shares of Common Stock, by
exercising the over-allotment option. In addition, the Representative may
impose "penalty bids" under contractual arrangements with the Underwriters,
whereby it may reclaim from an Underwriter (or dealer participating in the
offering) for the account of other Underwriters, the selling concession with
respect to Common Stock that is distributed in any offering but subsequently
purchased for the account of the Underwriters in the open market. Any of the
transactions described in this paragraph may result in the maintenance of the
price of the Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail
in the open market. None of the transactions described in this paragraph is
required, and, if they are undertaken, they may be discontinued at any time.


     In connection with this Offering, the Underwriters and selling group
members (if any) or their respective affiliates intend to engage in passive
market making transactions in the Common Stock of the Company on the Nasdaq
National Market in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act during
the two business day period before commencement of offers or sales of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby. The passive market making transactions
must be identified as such and comply with applicable volume and price limits.
In general, a passive market maker may display its bid at a price not in excess
of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are
lowered below the passive market maker's bid, however, such bid must then be
lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded. The Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts.




                                 LEGAL MATTERS


     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby is being passed upon for
the Company by Broad and Cassel, a partnership including professional
associations, Miami, Florida. Certain legal matters relating to the Offering
will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Baker & McKenzie, Miami, Florida.


                                       57
<PAGE>

                                    EXPERTS


     The consolidated and combined financial statements of the Company as of
December 31, 1997 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 are
included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report
of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.



                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION


     The Company will be subject to the informational requirements of the
Exchange Act upon effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and, in
accordance therewith, will file reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Commission. Such reports, proxy statements and other information can
be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") at Room 1024, Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates and
may also be obtained from the website that the Commission maintains at
http://www.sec.gov.


     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement (of
which this Prospectus is a part and which term shall encompass any amendments
thereto) on Form SB-2 pursuant to the Securities Act with respect to the Common
Stock being offered in this Offering. This Prospectus does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto,
certain portions of which are omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations
of the Commission. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete;
with respect to any such contract, agreement or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a
more complete description of the mater involved, and each such statement shall
be deemed qualified in its entirety by reference to the Registration Statement
and to the financial statements, schedules and exhibits filed as a part
thereof.


                                       58
<PAGE>

                           GLOSSARY OF SELECTED TERMS


CEDE..............................   To transfer to an insurer or reinsurer
                                     all or a part of the insurance written by
                                     an insurance entity.


CEDING COMMISSION.................   A payment by a reinsurer to the ceding
                                     company, generally on a proportional basis,
                                     to compensate the ceding company for its
                                     policy acquisition costs.


EXPENSE RATIO.....................   Under SAP, the ratio of underwriting
                                     expenses to net written premiums. On a GAAP
                                     basis, the ratio of underwriting expenses
                                     to net premiums earned.


GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING
 PRINCIPLES ("GAAP")..............   Accounting practices and principles, as
                                     defined principally by the American
                                     Institute of Certified Public Accountants,
                                     the Financial Accounting Standards Board,
                                     and the Commission. GAAP is the method of
                                     accounting typically used by the Company
                                     for reporting to persons or entities other
                                     than insurance regulatory authorities.


GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN............   The total of premiums received or to be
                                     received for insurance written by an
                                     insurer during a specific period of time
                                     without any reduction for reinsurance
                                     ceded.


HARD MARKET.......................   The portion of the market cycle of the
                                     property and casualty insurance industry
                                     characterized by constricted industry
                                     capital and underwriting capacity,
                                     increasing premium rates and, typically,
                                     enhanced underwriting performance.


INCURRED BUT NOT REPORTED
 LOSSES ("INBR")..................   The estimated liability of an insurer, at
                                     a given point in time, with respect to
                                     losses that have been incurred but not yet
                                     reported to the insurer, and for potential
                                     future developments on reported claims.


INSURANCE REGULATORY
 INFORMATION SYSTEM ("IRIS")......   A system of ratio analysis developed by
                                     the NAIC primarily intended to assist state
                                     insurance departments in executing their
                                     statutory mandates to oversee the financial
                                     condition of insurance companies.


LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSE ("LAE")...   The expenses of investigating and
                                     settling claims, including legal fees,
                                     outside adjustment expenses and other
                                     general expenses of administering the
                                     claims adjustment process.


                                       59
<PAGE>

LOSS RATIO........................   For SAP and GAAP, net losses and LAE
                                     incurred, divided by net premiums earned,
                                     expressed as a percentage.


LOSS RESERVES.....................   The estimated liability of an insurer, at
                                     a given point in time, with respect to
                                     unpaid incurred losses, including losses
                                     which are INBR and related LAE.


LOSSES INCURRED...................   The total of all policy losses sustained
                                     by an insurance company during a period,
                                     whether paid or unpaid. Incurred losses
                                     include a provision for claims that have
                                     occurred but have not yet been reported to
                                     the insurer.


MODEL LAW.........................   A Model Law to implement RBC requirements
                                     for insurance companies. The Model Law
                                     became effective with respect to property
                                     and casualty insurance companies as of
                                     year-end 1994.


NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF INSURANCE
 COMMISSIONERS ("NAIC")...........   A voluntary organization of state
                                     insurance officials that promulgates model
                                     laws regulating the insurance industry,
                                     values securities owned by insurers,
                                     develops and modifies insurer financial
                                     reporting statements and insurer
                                     performance criteria and performs other
                                     services with respect to the insurance
                                     industry.


NET PREMIUMS EARNED...............   The amount of net premiums written
                                     allocable to the expired period of an
                                     insurance policy or policies.


NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN..............   The gross premiums written during a
                                     specific period of time, less the portion
                                     of such premiums ceded to (reinsured by)
                                     other insurers.


NONSTANDARD.......................   Risks that generally have been found
                                     unacceptable by standard lines insurers for
                                     various underwriting reasons.


REINSURANCE.......................   A procedure whereby a primary insurer
                                     transfers (or "cedes") a portion of its
                                     risk to a reinsurer in consideration of a
                                     payment of premiums by the primary insurer
                                     to the reinsurer for their assumption of
                                     such portion of the risk. Reinsurance can
                                     be effected by a treaty or individual risk
                                     basis. Reinsurance does not legally
                                     discharge the primary insurer from its
                                     liabilities with respect to its obligations
                                     to the insured.


REINSURERS........................   Insurers (known as the reinsurer or
                                     assuming company) who agree to indemnify
                                     another insurer (known as the reinsured or
                                     ceding company) against all or part of a
                                     loss which the latter may incur under a
                                     policy or policies it has issued.


                                       60
<PAGE>

RISK-BASED CAPITAL
 REQUIREMENTS ("RBC").............   Capital requirements for property and
                                     casualty insurance companies adopted by the
                                     NAIC to assess minimum capital requirements
                                     and to raise the level of protection that
                                     statutory surplus provides for policyholder
                                     obligations.


SOFT MARKET.......................   The portion of the market cycle of the
                                     property and casualty insurance industry
                                     characterized by heightened premium rate
                                     competition among insurers, increased
                                     underwriting capacity and, typically,
                                     depressed underwriting performance.


STANDARD AUTOMOBILE INSURANCE.....   Personal automobile insurance written for
                                     those individuals presenting an average
                                     risk profile in terms of loss history,
                                     driving record, type of vehicle driven and
                                     other factors.


STATUTORY ACCOUNTING
 PRACTICES ("SAP")................   Those accounting principles and practices
                                     which provide the framework for the
                                     preparation of financial statements, and
                                     the recording of transactions, in
                                     accordance with the rules and procedures
                                     adopted by regulatory authorities,
                                     generally emphasizing solvency
                                     considerations rather than a going concern
                                     concept of accounting. The principal
                                     differences between SAP and GAAP are as
                                     follows: (a) under SAP, certain assets
                                     (non-admitted assets) are eliminated from
                                     the balance sheet; (b) under SAP, policy
                                     acquisition costs are expensed upon policy
                                     inception, while under GAAP they are
                                     deferred and amortized over the term of the
                                     policies; (c) under SAP, no provision is
                                     made for deferred income taxes; and (d)
                                     under SAP, certain reserves are recognized
                                     which are not recognized under GAAP.


UNDERWRITING......................   The process whereby an underwriter
                                     reviews applications submitted for
                                     insurance coverage and determines whether
                                     it will provide all or part of the coverage
                                     being requested, and the price of such
                                     premiums. Underwriting also includes an
                                     ongoing review of existing policies and
                                     their pricing.


UNDERWRITING EXPENSE..............   The aggregate of policy acquisition
                                     costs, including that portion of general
                                     and administrative expenses attributable to
                                     underwriting operations.


UNEARNED PREMIUMS.................   The portion of premiums written
                                     representing unexpired policy terms as of a
                                     certain date.


                                       61
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

            INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                          -----
<S>                                                                       <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants ....................    F-2
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets
 as of June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997 ................    F-3
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income
 For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)
 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 ...................    F-4
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
 For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)
 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 ...................    F-5
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows
 For the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited)
 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 ...................    F-6
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements ...............    F-7
</TABLE>

 

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



The Board of Directors
21st Century Holding Company:


     We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheet
of 21st Century Holding Company (the "Company") as of December 31, 1997, and
the related consolidated and combined statements of income, changes in
shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and
1996. These consolidated and combined financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our
audits.


     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.


     In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements
referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of 21st Century Holding Company as of December 31, 1997 , and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 




KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Miami, Florida
August 31, 1998

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

                   CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

                JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      JUNE 30,       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1998             1997
                                                                   --------------   -------------
                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                <C>              <C>
                              ASSETS
Available for sale at fair value:
Investments
 Fixed maturities ..............................................    $16,010,879      13,267,284
 Equity securities .............................................      1,647,128       2,208,594
Mortgage loan ..................................................        180,562         283,712
                                                                    -----------      ----------
    Total investments ..........................................     17,838,569      15,759,590
                                                                    -----------      ----------
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................      1,416,768       1,684,450
Finance contracts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses
 of $34,390 and $36,980, respectively ..........................      4,942,987       2,343,851
Prepaid reinsurance premiums ...................................      3,099,169       2,217,664
Due from reinsurers ............................................      1,002,360       1,024,512
Deferred acquisition costs .....................................      1,110,827         761,472
Deferred income taxes ..........................................      1,016,645         518,322
Other assets ...................................................      2,049,854         890,929
Goodwill .......................................................      1,405,441         476,006
                                                                    -----------      ----------
    Total assets ...............................................    $33,882,620     $25,676,796
                                                                    ===========     ===========
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses .....................    $ 7,623,147       6,726,462
Unearned premiums ..............................................     10,100,136       7,499,742
Premium deposit ................................................        642,724       1,844,556
Revolving credit outstanding ...................................      3,850,465       1,593,752
Bank overdraft .................................................      1,519,032         730,289
Unearned commissions ...........................................        604,113         645,594
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ..........................      1,947,519         654,883
Notes payable ..................................................        400,000         552,625
Drafts payable to insurance companies ..........................        304,617         269,160
Due to shareholders ............................................         26,250          57,250
                                                                    -----------     -----------
    Total liabilities ..........................................     27,018,003      20,574,313
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Shareholders' equity:
 Common stock of $0.01 par value. Authorized 25,000,000 shares,
   issued and outstanding 2,100,000 and 1,042,121 shares,
   respectively ................................................         21,000          10,421
 Common stock of $1 par value. Authorized, issued and
   outstanding 840 shares ......................................             --             840
 Additional paid-in capital ....................................      4,563,445       4,304,758
 Accumulated other comprehensive income ........................       (108,655)        124,677
 Retained earnings .............................................      2,388,827         661,787
                                                                    -----------     -----------
    Total shareholders' equity .................................      6,864,617       5,102,483
Commitments and contingencies ..................................
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity .................    $33,882,620      25,676,796
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

                CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

          FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,                DECEMBER 31,
                                                        --------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                             1998              1997             1997             1996
                                                        --------------   ---------------   --------------   --------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
Revenue:
 Gross premiums written .............................    $ 12,169,337     $  8,842,004      $ 17,675,375     $ 14,850,484
 Gross premiums ceded ...............................      (3,772,747)      (2,039,621)       (4,659,378)      (5,602,538)
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
    Net premiums written ............................       8,396,590        6,802,383        13,015,997        9,247,946
Increase (decrease) in unearned premiums, net
 of prepaid reinsurance premiums ....................      (1,718,889)      (1,824,071)       (2,091,718)         395,310
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
    Net premiums earned .............................       6,677,701        4,978,312        10,924,279        9,643,256
Commission income ...................................         978,575        1,566,707         2,357,579        1,535,329
Finance revenue .....................................         715,927           22,167           220,434          982,438
Net investment income ...............................         505,647          452,517         1,047,348          850,262
Net realized (losses) gains .........................         389,541          (33,661)          (19,395)         154,616
Other income ........................................         835,173          530,698         1,218,895        1,134,479
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
    Total revenue ...................................      10,102,564        7,516,740        15,749,140       14,300,380
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
Expenses:
 Losses and loss adjustment expenses ................       4,681,226        3,271,674         7,414,151        7,660,298
 Operating and underwriting expenses ................       2,105,963        1,494,798         3,300,713        3,512,895
 Salaries and wages .................................       1,626,969        1,572,604         3,148,558        2,553,017
 Amortization of deferred acquisition costs .........        (196,868)         394,804           495,793         (149,445)
 Amortization of goodwill ...........................         106,279           13,308            38,102           19,294
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
    Total expenses ..................................       8,323,569        6,747,188        14,397,317       13,596,059
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
    Income before provision for income
       tax expense ..................................       1,778,995          769,552         1,351,823          704,321
Provision for income tax expense ....................         667,257          128,558           282,187           78,662
                                                         ------------     ------------      ------------     ------------
    Net income ......................................    $  1,111,738     $    640,994      $  1,069,636     $    625,659
                                                         ============     ============      ============     ============
    Net income per share ............................    $       0.53     $       0.31      $       0.51     $       0.30
                                                         ============     ============      ============     ============
    Net income per share--
       assuming dilution ............................    $       0.53     $       0.31      $       0.51     $       0.30
                                                         ============     ============      ============     ============
Pro forma information:
 Historical income before provisions for
   income tax expense ...............................              --          769,552         1,351,823          704,321
 Pro forma income tax expense .......................              --          262,661           466,861          277,231
 Pro forma net income ...............................              --          506,891           884,962          427,090
 Pro forma net income per share (basic) .............              --             0.24              0.42             0.20
 Pro forma net income per share (diluted) ...........              --             0.24              0.42             0.20
 Weighted average shares outstanding
   (basic) ..........................................              --        2,100,000         2,100,000        2,100,000
 Weighted average shares outstanding
   (diluted) ........................................              --        2,100,000         2,100,000        2,100,000
</TABLE>

        See accompanying notes to the consolidated and combined financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

    CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

          FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                ACCUMULATED
                                                               ADDITIONAL          OTHER                              TOTAL
                                                 COMMON          PAID-IN       COMPREHENSIVE       RETAINED       STOCKHOLDERS'
DESCRIPTION                                       STOCK          CAPITAL           INCOME          EARNINGS          EQUITY
- -------------------------------------------   ------------   --------------   ---------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>
Balance as of December 31, 1995 ...........    $  24,528       $3,961,100       $  (35,242)       $ (270,503)      $3,679,883
 Issuance of stock ........................        2,402          637,495               --                --          639,897
 Distributions to affiliated
   corporations' shareholders .............           --               --               --          (680,520)        (680,520)
 Net appreciation on investments,
   net of tax .............................           --               --           14,521                --           14,521
 Net income ...............................           --               --               --           625,659          625,659
                                               ---------       ----------       ----------        ----------       ----------
Balance as of December 31, 1996 ...........       26,930        4,598,595          (20,721)         (325,364)       4,279,440
 Capital contributions ....................           --          222,500               --                --          222,500
 Acquisition and consolidation of
   affiliates previously combined .........      (15,669)        (359,399)              --           375,068               --
 Distributions to affiliated
   corporations' shareholders .............           --               --               --          (457,553)        (457,553)
 Distributions to shareholders ............           --         (156,938)              --                --         (156,938)
 Net appreciation on investments,
   net of tax .............................           --               --          145,398                --          145,398
 Net income ...............................           --               --               --         1,069,636        1,069,636
                                               ---------       ----------       ----------        ----------       ----------
Balance as of December 31, 1997 ...........       11,261        4,304,758          124,677           661,787        5,102,483
 Acquisition and consolidation of
   affiliates previously combined .........        9,739          358,687               --           615,302          983,728
 Distributions to shareholders ............           --         (100,000)              --                --         (100,000)
 Net appreciation on investments,
   net of tax .............................           --               --         (233,332)               --         (233,332)
 Net income ...............................           --               --               --         1,111,738        1,111,738
                                               ---------       ----------       ----------        ----------       ----------
Balance as of June 30, 1998
 (unaudited) ..............................    $  21,000       $4,563,445       $ (108,655)       $2,388,827       $6,864,617
                                               =========       ==========       ==========        ==========       ==========
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial
                                  statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

              CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

          FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 AND 1997 (UNAUDITED)
              AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                      --------------------------------
                                                                            1998             1997
                                                                      ---------------- ---------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
Cash flow from operating activities:
 Net income .........................................................  $    1,111,738   $     640,994
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow used in
  operating activities:
   Amortization of investment premiums ..............................           6,300              --
   Depreciation and amortization ....................................           9,926          13,281
   Amortization of goodwill .........................................         106,279          13,308
   Deferred income tax expense ......................................        (393,565)       (270,434)
   Loss (gain) on sale of investment securities .....................        (389,541)         33,661
   Gain on sale of property and equipment ...........................              --          (7,903)
   Provision for credit losses ......................................           2,590         (74,346)
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Finance contracts receivables ...................................      (2,601,726)        547,022
    Prepaid reinsurance premiums ....................................        (881,505)        891,964
    Due from reinsurers .............................................          22,152        (750,872)
    Deferred acquisition costs ......................................        (349,355)       (121,437)
    Other assets ....................................................        (453,350)         38,554
    Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses ......................         896,685        (487,026)
    Unearned premiums ...............................................       2,600,394         846,952
    Premium deposit .................................................      (1,201,832)        344,030
    Revolving credit outstanding ....................................       2,256,713          52,711
    Unearned commissions ............................................         (41,481)          9,016
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...........................       1,292,636         315,037
    Drafts payable to insurance companies ...........................          35,457              --
                                                                       --------------   -------------
     Net cash flow provided by operating activities .................       2,028,515       2,034,512
                                                                       --------------   -------------
Cash flow from investing activities:
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale .....      28,673,773       5,989,473
 Purchases of investment securities available for sale ..............     (30,764,738)     (7,449,288)
 Cost of mortgage loan ..............................................              --        (155,000)
 Sale of mortgage loan ..............................................         103,150         147,546
 Acquisition of affiliates previously combined ......................        (198,000)       (191,357)
 Purchases of property and equipment ................................        (715,501)       (111,894)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .......................              --         267,504
                                                                       --------------   -------------
     Net cash flow used in investing activities .....................      (2,901,316)     (1,503,016)
                                                                       --------------   -------------
Cash flow from financing activities:
 Bank overdraft .....................................................         788,743         517,967
 Capital contribution ...............................................              --              --
 Distributions to shareholders ......................................              --        (456,489)
 Borrowings from bank ...............................................              --         177,500
 Repayment of indebtedness ..........................................        (183,625)       (616,969)
                                                                       --------------   -------------
     Net cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities .......         605,118        (377,991)
                                                                       --------------   -------------
     Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ......................        (267,683)        153,505
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ......................       1,684,451       1,231,636
                                                                       --------------   -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ............................  $    1,416,768   $   1,385,141
                                                                       ==============   =============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest ..........................................................  $      143,224   $          --
                                                                       ==============   =============
  Income taxes ......................................................  $           --   $          --
                                                                       ==============   =============
 Cash received during the year from:
  Income taxes ......................................................  $           --   $          --
                                                                       ==============   =============
</TABLE>












<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ---------------------------------
                                                                            1997             1996
                                                                      ---------------- ----------------
<S>                                                                   <C>              <C>
Cash flow from operating activities:
 Net income .........................................................  $    1,069,636   $      625,659
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flow used in
  operating activities:
   Amortization of investment premiums ..............................           1,175            4,750
   Depreciation and amortization ....................................          50,935           51,776
   Amortization of goodwill .........................................          38,102           19,294
   Deferred income tax expense ......................................          48,110           78,662
   Loss (gain) on sale of investment securities .....................          19,395         (154,616)
   Gain on sale of property and equipment ...........................         (11,433)         (18,747)
   Provision for credit losses ......................................          38,362          239,408
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Finance contracts receivables ...................................      (1,792,048)       4,337,341
    Prepaid reinsurance premiums ....................................         707,320         (746,739)
    Due from reinsurers .............................................        (484,134)        (542,443)
    Deferred acquisition costs ......................................        (186,246)        (149,802)
    Other assets ....................................................        (319,626)        (217,746)
    Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses ......................         492,502        1,478,249
    Unearned premiums ...............................................       1,255,201        1,122,154
    Premium deposit .................................................         901,826        2,576,586
    Revolving credit outstanding ....................................       1,593,752       (3,550,594)
    Unearned commissions ............................................          37,700          160,396
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...........................         384,954         (201,090)
    Drafts payable to insurance companies ...........................         269,160       (1,434,275)
                                                                       --------------   --------------
     Net cash flow provided by operating activities .................       4,114,643        3,678,223
                                                                       --------------   --------------
Cash flow from investing activities:
 Proceeds from sale of investment securities available for sale .....      21,088,211        6,440,189
 Purchases of investment securities available for sale ..............     (24,469,367)     (10,455,079)
 Cost of mortgage loan ..............................................        (200,000)           9,606
 Sale of mortgage loan ..............................................          89,421               --
 Acquisition of affiliates previously combined ......................         (80,175)        (120,000)
 Purchases of property and equipment ................................        (102,073)        (192,151)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .......................         314,874           77,603
                                                                       --------------   --------------
     Net cash flow used in investing activities .....................      (3,359,109)      (4,239,832)
                                                                       --------------   --------------
Cash flow from financing activities:
 Bank overdraft .....................................................         211,477          513,600
 Capital contribution ...............................................         222,500          500,000
 Distributions to shareholders ......................................        (457,153)        (680,520)
 Borrowings from bank ...............................................         431,000          495,560
 Repayment of indebtedness ..........................................        (710,146)              --
                                                                       --------------   --------------
     Net cash flow (used in) provided by financing activities .......        (302,322)         828,640
                                                                       --------------   --------------
     Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ......................         453,212          267,031
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year ......................       1,231,638          964,607
                                                                       --------------   --------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ............................  $    1,684,850   $    1,231,638
                                                                       ==============   ==============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest ..........................................................  $       21,758   $      465,970
                                                                       ==============   ==============
  Income taxes ......................................................  $       26,211   $       66,237
                                                                       ==============   ==============
 Cash received during the year from:
  Income taxes ......................................................  $       61,000   $           --
                                                                       ==============   ==============
</TABLE>

See note 2(a) regarding non-cash financing and investing activities.


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(1) ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS


     The accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements include
the accounts of 21st Century Holding Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries
and those entities which are under common control through common ownership
(collectively referred to as the "Company"). All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


     The Company is a vertically integrated insurance holding company
performing all aspects of the insurance underwriting, distribution and claims
process. The Company's Federated National Insurance Company ("Federated
National") subsidiary underwrites nonstandard and standard personal automobile
insurance and mobile home property and casualty insurance in the State of
Florida. Through a wholly-owned managing general agent, Assurance Managing
General Agents, Inc. ("Assurance MGA"), the Company has underwriting and claims
authority for third-party insurance companies. The Company also offers premium
financing, auto title loans and other ancillary services to its customers.


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES


 (A) BASIS OF ACCOUNTING


     In January 1997, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of Assurance MGA, Federated Premium Finance, Inc. and Superior
Adjusting, Inc., the Company's claims processing subsidiary, for cash
consideration. Principal shareholders of the Company were also principal
shareholders of Assurance MGA, Federated Premium Finance, Inc. and Superior
Adjusting, Inc. The Company has accounted for the acquisitions at historical
cost in a manner similar to that in pooling of interests accounting due to the
entities being under the common control of the owners of 21st Century Holding
Company. The cash paid to individuals of the control group for their shares in
these entities was recorded as a distribution in the statement of changes in
shareholders' equity. In addition, the Company purchased the assets of two
independent agencies for cash consideration of $540,000. These transactions
were accounted for by the purchase method of accounting, generating goodwill
amounting to approximately $533,000.


   
     In January 1998, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of eight affiliated corporations, principally the Company's
insurance agencies, in exchange for the issuance of shares of common stock. The
financial statements of these entities have been presented in the combined
statements of the Company based on the common control of ownership interest.
The minority interest relative to the ownership of the affiliated corporations,
whose results are combined prior to their acquisition on January 1, 1998, was
accounted for as a component of equity of the Company. This treatment was
applied because the minority interest was in a deficit position due to
distributions to shareholders in excess of basis and deemed uncollectible from
the unaffiliated shareholders. The acquisition of the minority interest in the
affiliated corporations was accounted for by the purchase method. The aggregate
acquisition price was allocated to the portion of the net identifiable assets
pertaining to the minority interest based on their fair value. The allocation
of the acquisition price to the minority interest's net identifiable assets had
an excess of fair value over the new adjusted book basis creating goodwill of
approximately $1,035,000 and eliminated the minority interest deficit of
approximately $113,000. The acquisition of the net retained deficit of the
affiliated corporations which are presented on a combined basis and the
elimination of their common stock resulted in the net credit
    

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


to the equity of the Company of approximately $984,000. The issuance of
$100,000 to individuals of the control group for their shares in these entities
was recorded as a distribution in the statement of changes in shareholders'
equity.


 (B) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS


     The Company considers all short-term highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.


 (C) INVESTMENTS AVAILABLE FOR SALE


     All of the Company's investment securities have been classified as
available-for-sale in as much as, all of the Company's securities are available
to be sold in response to the Company's liquidity needs, changes in market
interest rates and asset-liability management strategies, among other reasons.
Investments available-for-sale on the balance sheet are stated at fair value.
Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported as a
separate component of shareholders' equity, net of related deferred income
taxes.


     A decline in the fair value of an available-for-sale security below cost
that is deemed other than temporary results in a charge to income, resulting in
the establishment of a new cost basis for the security. All declines in fair
values of the Company's investment securities in 1997 and 1996 were deemed to
be temporary.


     Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, respectively, over the
life of the related fixed maturity security as an adjustment to yield using a
method that approximates yield to maturity. Dividends and interest income are
recognized when earned. Realized gains and losses are included in earnings and
are derived using the specific-identification method for determining the cost
of securities sold.


 (D) PREMIUM REVENUE


     Premium revenue on property and casualty insurance is earned on a pro rata
basis over the life of the policies. Unearned premiums represent the portion of
the premium related to the unexpired policy terms.


 (E) DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS


     Deferred acquisition costs represent commissions paid to the Company's
agents at the time of policy issuance (to the extent they are recoverable from
future premium income) and are amortized over the life of the related policy in
relation to the amount of premiums earned. The method followed in computing
deferred acquisition costs limits the amount of such deferred costs to their
estimated realizable value, which gives effect to the premium to be earned,
related investment income, unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses and
certain other costs expected to be incurred as the premium is earned. There is
no indication that these costs will not be fully recoverable in the near term.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


     An analysis of deferred acquisition costs follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       JUNE 30,                         DECEMBER 31,
                                            -------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                  1998             1997             1997              1996
                                            ---------------   -------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                         <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
   Balance, beginning of period .........    $    761,472      $  575,226      $    575,226      $    425,734
   Acquisition costs deferred ...........       1,359,269       1,064,569         1,943,786         1,400,680
   Amortized to expense during
    the period ..........................      (1,009,914)       (942,832)       (1,757,540)       (1,251,188)
                                             ------------      ----------      ------------      ------------
   Balance, end of period ...............    $  1,110,827      $  696,963      $    761,472      $    575,226
                                             ============      ==========      ============      ============
</TABLE>

 (F) PREMIUM DEPOSITS


     Premium deposits represent premium received on policies not yet written.
The Company takes approximately 35 working days to write the policy from the
date the cash and policy application are received.


 (G) UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES


     Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are provided for through the
establishment of liabilities in amounts estimated to cover incurred losses and
loss adjustment expenses. Such liabilities are determined based upon the
Company's assessment of claims pending and the development of prior years' loss
liability. These amounts include liabilities based upon individual case
estimates for reported losses and loss adjustment expenses and estimates of
such amounts that are incurred but not reported ("IBNR"). Changes in the
estimated liability are charged or credited to operations as the estimates are
revised. Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are reported net of
estimates for salvage and subrogation recoveries which totaled $338,320, net of
reinsurance, at June 30, 1998 and $341,118, net of reinsurance, at December 31,
1997.


     The estimates of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses are subject to
the effect of trends in claims severity and frequency and are continually
reviewed. As part of the process, the Company reviews historical data and
considers various factors, including known and anticipated legal developments,
changes in social attitudes, inflation and economic conditions. As experience
develops and other data becomes available, these estimates are revised, as
required, resulting in increases or decreases to the existing unpaid losses and
loss adjustment expenses. Adjustments are reflected in results of operations in
the period in which they are made and the liabilities may deviate substantially
from prior estimates.


   
     There can be no assurance that the Company's unpaid losses and loss
adjustment expenses will be adequate to cover actual losses. If the Company's
unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses prove to be inadequate, the Company
will be required to increase the liability with a corresponding reduction in
the Company's net income in the period in which the deficiency is identified.
Future loss experience substantially in excess of the established unpaid losses
and loss adjustment expenses could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.
    

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


     The Company does not discount unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
for financial statement purposes.


 (H) COMMISSION INCOME


   
     Commission income consists of fees earned by the Company-owned agencies
placing business with third party insurers and third party premium finance
companies. Commission income is earned on a pro rata basis over the life of the
policies. Unearned commissions represent the portion of the commissions related
to unexpired policy terms.
    


 (I) FINANCE REVENUE


     Interest and service income, resulting from the financing of insurance
premiums, is recognized using a method which approximates the interest method.
Late charges are recognized as income when chargeable.


 (J) CREDIT LOSSES


     Provisions for credit losses are charged to operations in amounts
sufficient to maintain the allowance at a level considered adequate to cover
anticipated losses in the existing finance contracts receivables.


 (K) POLICY FEES


   
     Policy fees represent a $25 non-refundable application fee for insurance
coverage which is intended to reimburse the Company for the incurred cost. The
fees are recognized as income when charged and are included in other income.
    


 (L) REINSURANCE


     The Company recognizes the income and expense on reinsurance contracts
principally on a pro-rata basis over the life of the policies covered under the
reinsurance agreements. The Company is reinsured under separate reinsurance
agreements for the different lines of business underwritten. Reinsurance
contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders. The
Company continually monitors its reinsurers to minimize its exposure to
significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. The Company only cedes risks to
reinsurers whom the Company believes to be financially sound. The Company's
reinsurance is primarily ceded to Transatlantic Re, an A++ rated reinsurance
company on a quota share basis. At June 30, 1998, all reinsurance recoverables
are considered collectible.


 (M) INCOME TAXES


     Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases, and

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


operating loss and tax-credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date.


     Most of the combining affiliates of the Company have elected S corporation
status. Accordingly, all income tax liabilities, as long as the S corporation
status is effective, are the responsibility of the individual shareholders.


     Pro forma income taxes represent the total of historical income taxes that
would have been reported had the respective entities filed income tax returns
as taxable C corporation for each of the years presented.


 (N) CONTINGENT REINSURANCE COMMISSION


     The Company's reinsurance contracts provide ceding commissions for
premiums written which are subject to adjustment. The amount of ceding
commissions is determined by the loss experience for the reinsurance agreement
term. The reinsurer provides commissions on a sliding scale with maximum and
minimum achievable levels. The reinsurer provides the Company with the
provisional commissions. The Company has recognized the commissions based on
the current loss experience for the policy year premiums. This results in
establishing a contingent liability, included in due from reinsurers, for the
excess of provisional commissions retained compared to amounts recognized which
is subject to variation until the ultimate loss experience is determinable.


 (O) CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK


     Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of premiums receivable and
amounts due from reinsurers on unpaid losses. The Company has not experienced
significant losses related to premiums receivable from individual policyholders
or groups of policyholders in a particular industry or geographic area.
Management believes no credit risk beyond the amounts provided for collection
losses is inherent in the Company's premiums receivable. In order to reduce
credit risk for amounts due from reinsurers, the Company seeks to do business
with financially sound reinsurance companies and regularly reviews the
financial strength of all reinsurers used.


 (P) DUE FROM FLORIDA JOINT UNDERWRITING ASSOCIATION (THE "ASSOCIATION")
  PARTICIPATION


     The amount recorded as a component of other assets represents the
Company's proportionate share of the net assets of the Association. The
Company's proportionate share of premiums, losses, loss expenses, and other
related items is recorded and presented in their respective accounts in the
accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements.


 (Q) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


     On January 1, 1998, the Company adopted FAS No. 130, "Reporting
Comprehensive Income." Comprehensive income presents a measure of all changes
in shareholders' equity except for changes

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


resulting from transactions with shareholders in their capacity as
shareholders. The Company's total comprehensive income presently consists of
net unrealized holding gains (losses) on investments available for sale. Total
comprehensive income was $(233,332) and $31,758 for the six months ended June
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively; and $219,648 and $22,002 for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Statement also requires the
separate presentation of the accumulated balance of comprehensive income other
than net earnings in the consolidated and combined balance sheets.


 (R) ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS NOT YET ADOPTED


     In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 131, ("SFAS 131"), DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED
INFORMATION. SFAS 131 is effective for periods beginning after December 15,
1997. SFAS 131 establishes standards for the way that public business
enterprises report information about operating segments, based on how the
enterprise defines such segments. The Company will report operating segment
information, to the extent such segments are defined, beginning with the year
ended December 31, 1998.


 (S) USE OF ESTIMATES


     The preparation of the consolidated and combined financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported financial statement balances as well as the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ materially from
those estimates used.


     Similar to other property and casualty insurers, the Company's liability
for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses, although supported by actuarial
projections and other data is ultimately based on management's reasoned
expectations of future events. Although considerable variability is inherent in
these estimates, management believes that this liability is adequate. Estimates
are reviewed regularly and adjusted as necessary. Such adjustments are
reflected in current operations. In addition, the realization of the Company's
deferred income tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient future taxable
income. It is reasonably possible that the expectations associated with these
accounts could change in the near term and that the effect of such changes
could be material to the consolidated and combined financial statements.


 (T) NATURE OF OPERATION


     The following is a description of the most significant risks facing the
Company and how it mitigates those risks:


       (I) LEGAL/REGULATORY RISKS--the risk that changes in the regulatory
environment in which insurer operates will create additional expenses not
anticipated by the insurer in pricing its products. That is, regulatory
initiatives designed to reduce insurer profits, restrict underwriting practices
and risk classifications, mandate rate reductions and refunds, and new legal
theories or insurance company insolvencies through guaranty fund assessments
may create costs for the insurer beyond those recorded in the financial
statements. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by

                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


     (2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


   monitoring proposed regulatory legislation and by assessing the impact of
   new laws. As the Company writes business only in the state of Florida, it
   is more exposed to this risk than some of its more geographically balanced
   competitors.


     (II) CREDIT RISK--the risk that issuers of securities owned by the
   Company will default or that other parties, including reinsurers to whom
   business is ceded, which owe the Company money, will not pay. The Company
   attempts to minimize this risk by adhering to a conservative investment
   strategy and by maintaining sound reinsurance agreements with a number of
   reinsurers, and by providing for any amounts deemed uncollectible.


     (III) INTEREST RATE RISK--the risk that interest rates will change and
   cause a decrease in the value of an insurer's investments. To the extent
   that liabilities come due more quickly than assets mature, an insurer might
   have to sell assets prior to maturity and potentially recognize a gain or a
   loss. The Company attempts to mitigate this risk by attempting to match the
   maturity schedule of its assets with the expected payouts of its
   liabilities.


 (U) FAIR VALUE


     The fair value of the Company's investments are estimated based on bid
prices published by financial services or quotations received from securities
dealers and is reflective of the interest rate environment that existed as of
the close of business on December 31, 1997. Changes in interest rates
subsequent to June 30, 1998 may affect the fair value of the Company's
investments.


     The carrying amounts for the following financial instrument categories
approximate their fair values at June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997 because of
their short-term nature: cash and cash equivalents, finance contracts
receivable, due from reinsurers, prepaid reinsurance premiums, unearned
premiums, finance contracts payable and notes payable.


     The fair value of mortgage loans is estimated using the present value of
future cash flows based on the market rate for similar types of loans. Carrying
value approximates market value as rates used are commensurate with market
rate.


 (V) GOODWILL


     Goodwill, representing the excess of cost over the fair value of assets
acquired and the cost of a purchased book of business, is amortized on a
straight-line basis over seven years. The carrying value of goodwill is
periodically reviewed by the Company based on the expected future undiscounted
operating cash flows of the related item. Based upon its most recent analysis,
the Company believes that no material impairment of goodwill exists at June 30,
1998.


 (W) NET INCOME PER SHARE


     Net income per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents
outstanding during each year.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(2) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES--(CONTINUED)


     A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the "income per
share" and "income per share-assuming dilution" computations for income before
cumulative effect of change in accounting method' are presented below:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             INCOME           SHARE         PER-SHARE
                                                          (NUMERATOR)     (DENOMINATOR)      AMOUNT
                                                         -------------   ---------------   ----------
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>               <C>
   For the six months ended June 30, 1998 (unaudited):
    Income per share .................................    $1,111,738        $2,100,000       $ 0.53
                                                          ----------        ----------       ------
    Income per share assuming dilution ...............    $1,111,738        $2,100,000       $ 0.53
                                                          ==========        ==========       ======
   For the six months ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited):
    Income per share .................................    $  640,994        $2,100,000       $ 0.31
                                                          ----------        ----------       ------
    Income per share assuming dilution ...............    $  640,994        $2,100,000       $ 0.31
                                                          ==========        ==========       ======
   For the year ended December 31, 1997:
    Income per share .................................    $1,069,636        $2,100,000       $ 0.51
                                                          ----------        ----------       ------
    Income per share assuming dilution ...............    $1,069,636        $2,100,000       $ 0.51
                                                          ==========        ==========       ======
   For the year ended December 31, 1996: .............
    Income per share .................................    $  625,659        $2,100,000       $ 0.30
                                                          ----------        ----------       ------
    Income per share assuming dilution ...............    $  625,659        $2,100,000       $ 0.30
                                                          ==========        ==========       ======
</TABLE>

     The weighted average shares outstanding gives effect to a 1.8-for-one,
1.2-for-one and 926.33-for-one stock splits effected in November 1996, January
1997 and September 1998, respectively; and gives effect to the consolidation of
the Company effected in January 1997 and January 1998 and February 1998. The
Company's par value of $.01 per share remained unchanged. All historical share
and per share amounts have been restated to retroactively reflect the stock
splits.



 (X) PRO FORMA NET INCOME


     Pro forma net income represents the results of operations for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited) and for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1996, adjusted to reflect a provision for income tax on historical
income before income taxes which gives effect to the change in the affiliated
corporations' income tax status to C corporations.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

(3) INVESTMENTS


 (A) FIXED MATURITIES AND EQUITY SECURITIES


     A summary of the amortized cost, estimated fair value, gross unrealized
gains and gross unrealized losses of fixed maturities and equity securities at
June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997 is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   GROSS          GROSS
                                                 AMORTIZED      UNREALIZED     UNREALIZED      ESTIMATED
                                                    COST           GAINS         LOSSES        FAIR VALUE
                                               -------------   ------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
   JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED)
   Fixed Maturities:
    U.S. treasury securities and obligations
      of U.S. government corporations
      and agencies .........................   $ 2,004,867       $  9,854       $  1,523     $ 2,013,198
    Mortgage-backed securities .............       466,774             --          5,053         461,721
    Obligations of states and political
      subdivisions .........................    11,548,834         35,984        132,301      11,452,517
    Corporate securities ...................     2,070,464         34,842         21,863       2,083,443
                                               -----------       --------       --------     -----------
                                               $16,090,939       $ 80,680       $160,740     $16,010,879
                                               ===========       ========       ========     ===========
   Equity Securities:
    Preferred stocks .......................   $    76,750       $     --       $  1,250     $    75,500
    Common stocks ..........................     1,649,305             --         77,677       1,571,628
                                               -----------       --------       --------     -----------
                                               $ 1,726,055       $     --       $ 78,927     $ 1,647,128
                                               ===========       ========       ========     ===========
   DECEMBER 31, 1997
   Fixed Maturities:
    U.S. treasury securities and obligations
      of U.S. government corporations
      and agencies .........................   $ 7,291,936       $105,335       $  3,135     $ 7,394,136
    Mortgage-backed securities .............       519,439             --          3,473         515,966
    Obligations of states and political
      subdivisions .........................     4,422,736        109,601             --       4,532,337
    Corporate securities ...................       804,420         21,029            604         824,845
                                               -----------       --------       --------     -----------
                                               $13,038,531       $235,965       $  7,212     $13,267,284
                                               ===========       ========       ========     ===========
   Equity Securities:
    Preferred stocks .......................   $ 1,089,268       $ 10,613       $  2,749     $ 1,097,132
    Common stocks ..........................     1,159,826          3,706         52,070       1,111,462
                                               -----------       --------       --------     -----------
                                               $ 2,249,094       $ 14,319       $ 54,819     $ 2,208,594
                                               ===========       ========       ========     ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(3) INVESTMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     A summary of fixed maturities available for sale at June 30, 1998
(unaudited) and December 31, 1997 are shown below by contractual or expected
maturity periods. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               JUNE 30, 1998                   DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                       ------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                         AMORTIZED        ESTIMATED        AMORTIZED        ESTIMATED
                                            COST         FAIR VALUE          COST          FAIR VALUE
                                       -------------   --------------   --------------   --------------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
   Due in one year or less .........   $   311,744      $   308,879      $   275,850      $   275,358
   Due after one year through
    five years .....................       650,489          676,128        2,200,570        2,229,280
   Due after five years through ten
    years ..........................     4,505,258        4,498,879        5,491,936        5,592,622
   Due after ten years .............    10,623,448       10,526,993        5,070,175        5,170,024
                                       -----------      -----------      -----------      -----------
                                       $16,090,939      $16,010,879      $13,038,531      $13,267,284
                                       ===========      ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

     A summary of the sources of net investment income follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         -------------------------   ---------------------------
                                             1998          1997           1997           1996
                                         -----------   -----------   -------------   -----------
                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
   Fixed maturities ..................    $439,460      $390,652      $  816,904      $ 601,143
   Equity securities .................      48,661        30,598         146,942        105,348
   Cash and cash equivalents .........      19,376        23,588          38,463        132,309
   Other .............................      (1,850)        7,679          63,726         24,387
                                          --------      --------      ----------      ---------
     Total investment income .........     505,647       452,517       1,066,035        863,187
   Less investment expenses ..........          --            --         (18,687)       (12,925)
                                          --------      --------      ----------      ---------
     Net investment income ...........    $505,647      $452,517      $1,047,348      $ 850,262
                                          ========      ========      ==========      =========
</TABLE>

     Proceeds on sales of fixed maturities and equity securities for the six
months ending June 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) are $28,673,773 and
$5,984,473, respectively, and for the years ending December 31, 1997 and 1996
are $21,088,211 and $6,440,189, respectively.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(3) INVESTMENTS--(CONTINUED)


     Realized gains and increases (decreases) in net unrealized gains (losses)
follow:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              ------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                   1998             1997           1997           1996
                                              --------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>
   Net realized gains (losses):
    Fixed maturities ......................     $  224,563       $ (49,188)     $  18,891       $ 26,831
    Equity securities .....................        164,978           2,793        (33,798)       127,785
    Other .................................             --          12,734             --             --
    Cash and cash equivalents .............             --              --         (4,488)            --
                                                ----------       ---------      ---------       --------
      Total ...............................     $  389,541       $ (33,661)     $ (19,395)      $154,616
                                                ==========       =========      =========       ========
   Change in net unrealized gains (losses):
    Fixed maturities ......................     $ (194,903)      $  12,884      $ 203,504       $ 29,296
    Equity securities .....................        (38,429)         18,874         16,144         (7,294)
                                                ----------       ---------      ---------       --------
      Total ...............................     $ (233,332)      $  31,758      $ 219,648       $ 22,002
                                                ==========       =========      =========       ========
</TABLE>

 (B) MORTGAGE LOANS


     The amount represents outstanding balances from related party
transactions. Refer to note 11 for details.


(4) REINSURANCE


     The Company reinsures (cedes) a portion of its written premiums on a
quota-share basis to nonaffiliated insurance companies in order to limit its
loss exposure. The Company also maintains coverages to limit losses from large
exposures, which the Company believes are adequate for its current volume. To
the extent that reinsuring companies are unable to meet their obligations
assumed under the reinsurance agreements, the Company remains primarily liable
to its policyholders.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(4) REINSURANCE--(CONTINUED)


     The impact of reinsurance on the financial statements is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,           YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                   --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                        1998              1997              1997             1996
                                   --------------   ---------------   ---------------   --------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>
   Premiums written:
     Direct ....................    $ 12,169,337     $  8,842,004      $ 17,675,375      $ 14,850,484
     Ceded .....................      (3,772,747)      (2,039,621)       (4,659,378)       (5,602,538)
                                    ------------     ------------      ------------      ------------
                                    $  8,396,590     $  6,802,383      $ 13,015,997      $  9,247,946
                                    ============     ============      ============      ============
   Premiums earned:
     Direct ....................    $  9,568,942     $  7,995,051      $ 16,420,172      $ 13,728,328
     Ceded .....................      (2,891,241)      (3,016,739)       (5,495,893)       (4,085,072)
                                    ------------     ------------      ------------      ------------
                                    $  6,677,701     $  4,978,312      $ 10,924,279      $  9,643,256
                                    ============     ============      ============      ============
   Losses and loss adjustment
    expenses incurred: .........
     Direct ....................    $  6,528,741     $  5,277,437      $ 11,241,218      $ 10,832,411
     Ceded .....................      (1,847,515)      (2,005,763)       (3,827,067)       (3,172,113)
                                    ------------     ------------      ------------      ------------
                                    $  4,681,226     $  3,271,674      $  7,414,151      $  7,660,298
                                    ============     ============      ============      ============
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS OF             AS OF
                                                     JUNE 30,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1998              1997
                                                 ---------------   ---------------
                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                              <C>               <C>
   Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses:
     Direct ..................................    $  7,623,147      $  6,726,462
     Ceded ...................................      (2,239,775)       (2,090,998)
                                                  ------------      ------------
                                                  $  5,383,372      $  4,635,464
                                                  ============      ============
   Unearned premiums:
     Direct ..................................    $ 10,100,136      $  7,499,742
     Ceded ...................................      (3,099,169)       (2,217,664)
                                                  ------------      ------------
                                                  $  7,000,967      $  5,282,078
                                                  ============      ============
</TABLE>

     The Company received approximately $1.2 million and $548,000 in
commissions on premiums ceded during the six months ended June 30, 1998 and
1997 (unaudited) and approximately $1.4 million and $1.3 million in commissions
on premiums ceded during the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Had all of the Company's reinsurance agreements been canceled at
June 30, 1998, the Company would have returned a total of approximately
$595,000 in contingent reinsurance commissions to its reinsurers; in turn, its
reinsurers would have returned approximately $3.1 million in unearned premiums
to the Company.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(4) REINSURANCE--(CONTINUED)


     At June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997, the Company had an
unsecured aggregate recoverable for losses paid, unpaid losses and loss
adjustment expenses including IBNR and unearned premiums with the following
companies:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      JUNE 30,        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1998              1997
                                                                  ---------------   ---------------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>
   Transatlantic Reinsurance Company (A++A.M. Best Rated):
     Unearned premiums ........................................    $  2,722,823      $  2,119,819
     Reinsurance recoverable on loss payments .................       1,177,448           717,569
     Unpaid losses and loss adjustment liability ..............       2,239,775         2,090,998
                                                                   ------------      ------------
                                                                      6,140,046         4,928,386
   Other:
     Unearned premium .........................................         376,346            97,845
                                                                   ------------      ------------
                                                                   $  6,516,392      $  5,026,231
                                                                   ============      ============
   Amounts due from reinsurers consisted of amounts related to:
     Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expense ................    $  2,239,775      $  2,090,998
     Paid losses and loss adjustment expense ..................       1,177,448           717,569
     Reinsurance payable ......................................      (1,820,291)       (1,114,520)
     Contingent ceded payable .................................        (594,572)         (669,535)
                                                                   ------------      ------------
                                                                   $  1,002,360      $  1,024,512
                                                                   ============      ============
</TABLE>

(5) UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES

     The liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses is determined
on an individual-case basis for all incidents reported. The liability also
includes amounts for unallocated expenses, anticipated future claim development
and IBNR.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(5) UNPAID LOSSES AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES--(CONTINUED)

     Activity in the liability for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses
is summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          JUNE 30,                          DECEMBER 31,
                                              ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                    1998              1997              1997              1996
                                              ---------------   ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
   Balance at January 1 ...................    $  6,726,462      $  6,233,962      $  6,233,962      $  4,756,273
    Less reinsurance recoverables .........      (2,090,998)       (1,701,685)       (1,701,685)       (1,068,560)
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
      Net balance at January 1 ............    $  4,635,464      $  4,532,277      $  4,532,277      $  3,687,713
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============
   Incurred related to:
    Current year ..........................    $  4,685,733      $  3,582,493      $  7,612,167      $  7,597,874
    Prior years ...........................          (4,507)         (310,819)         (198,016)           62,424
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
      Total incurred ......................    $  4,681,226      $  3,271,674      $  7,414,151      $  7,660,298
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============
   Paid related to:
    Current year ..........................    $  2,038,296      $  1,563,920      $  4,458,527      $  4,178,043
    Prior years ...........................       1,895,022         2,267,390         2,852,437         2,637,691
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
      Total paid ..........................    $  3,933,318      $  3,831,310      $  7,310,964      $  6,815,734
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============
   Net balance at period ending ...........    $  5,383,372      $  3,972,641      $  4,635,464      $  4,532,277
    Plus reinsurance recoverables .........       2,239,775         1,774,295         2,090,998         1,701,685
                                               ------------      ------------      ------------      ------------
      Balance at period ending ............    $  7,623,147      $  5,746,936      $  6,726,462      $  6,233,962
                                               ============      ============      ============      ============
</TABLE>

     Based upon consultations with the Company's independent actuarial
consultants and their statement of opinion on losses and loss adjustment
expenses, the Company believes that the liability for unpaid losses and loss
adjustment expenses is adequate to cover all claims and related expenses which
may arise from incidents reported.


(6) NOTES PAYABLE


     The following is a summary of outstanding debt at June 30, 1998
(unaudited) and for the year ended December 31, 1997:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           JUNE 30,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             1998            1997
                                                                         ------------   -------------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                      <C>            <C>
   Notes payable:
    Line of credit, expiration date December 30, 1998, interest only at
      1.25% over bank's variable base rate is due monthly (bank's
      base rate at December 31, 1997 was 10%). Line is collateralized
      by all assets of 21st Century Holding Company ....................   $400,000        $400,000
    Bank loan, principal and interest due February 1998, interest at
      18.00%. Note is collateralized by finance contracts receivables of
      Federated Premium Finance, Inc. ..................................         --         152,625
                                                                           --------        --------
                                                                           $400,000        $552,625
                                                                           ========        ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

(7) REVOLVING CREDIT OUTSTANDING


     On September 24, 1997, the Company, through Federated Premium Finance,
Inc. entered into a revolving loan agreement ("Revolving Agreement") with
Flaitron Funding Company LLC. Under the Revolving Agreement, the Company can
borrow up to the maximum credit commitment of $4 million. The amount of an
advance is subject to availability under a borrowing base calculation, with
maximum advances outstanding not to exceed the maximum credit commitment. The
annual interest rate on the loan is the prime rate plus 1.75 percent which
amounted to 10.25 percent at June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997.
The Revolving Agreement contains various operating and financial covenants and
is collateralized by a first lien and assignment of all of the Company's
assigned finance contracts receivables. The Revolving Agreement expires on
September 30, 2000. The balance of this account as of June 30, 1998 (unaudited)
and December 31, 1997 amounted to $3,850,465 and $1,593,752, respectively, and
interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and for the
year ended December 31, 1997 totaled $126,113 and $12,702, respectively. At
June 30, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997, the Company is in compliance
with all revolving loan agreement covenants.


(8) INCOME TAXES


     A summary of the provision (benefit) for income tax expense for the six
months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 is as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   JUNE 30,                   DECEMBER 31,
                         -----------------------------   -----------------------
                              1998            1997           1997         1996
                         -------------   -------------   -----------   ---------
                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
   Federal:
    Current ..........    $  900,975      $  340,675      $195,623      $    --
    Deferred .........      (355,600)       (230,907)       42,422       70,945
                          ----------      ----------      --------      -------
                             545,375         109,768       238,045       70,945
                          ----------      ----------      --------      -------
   State:
    Current ..........       159,847          58,317        38,454           --
    Deferred .........       (37,965)        (39,527)        5,688        7,717
                          ----------      ----------      --------      -------
                             121,882          18,790        44,142        7,717
                          ----------      ----------      --------      -------
                          $  667,257      $  128,558      $282,187      $78,662
                          ==========      ==========      ========      =======
</TABLE>


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(8) INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)


     The actual income tax expense differs from the "expected" income tax
expense for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (unaudited) and years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 (computed by applying U.S. federal tax rate of
34 percent to income before provision for income tax expense) as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        JUNE 30,                     DECEMBER 31,
                                               ---------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                   1998           1997            1997           1996
                                               -----------   -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
   Computed "expected" tax expense,
    at federal rate ........................    $ 580,744     $  238,574      $  454,929      $  236,884
   Effect of S corporation income ..........           --       (134,103)       (184,674)       (198,569)
   State tax expense .......................       62,003         25,471          32,260           7,796
   Tax-free interest .......................      (44,951)            --         (40,000)             --
   Goodwill ................................       66,681             --          10,035              --
   Other, net ..............................        2,780         (1,384)          9,637          32,551
                                                ---------     ----------      ----------      ----------
   Income tax expense, as reported .........    $ 667,257     $  128,558      $  282,187      $   78,662
                                                =========     ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components
of the Company's net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of June 30, 1998
(unaudited) and December 31, 1997 are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   JUNE 30,      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     1998            1997
                                                                -------------   -------------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>
   Deferred tax assets:
    Unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses ................  $  222,834        $191,876
    Unearned premiums .........................................     760,136         397,529
    Unrealized loss on investments available for sale .........      33,675              --
                                                                 ----------        --------
      Total gross deferred tax assets .........................   1,016,645         589,405
      Less valuation allowance ................................          --              --
                                                                 ----------        --------
      Net deferred tax assets .................................   1,016,645         589,405
                                                                 ----------        --------
   Deferred tax liabilities:
    Unrealized gain on investments available for sale .........          --          71,083
                                                                 ----------        --------
      Total gross deferred tax liabilities ....................          --          71,083
                                                                 ----------        --------
      Net deferred tax asset ..................................  $1,016,645        $518,322
                                                                 ==========        ========
</TABLE>

     In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management
considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred
tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the
periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management
considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future
taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. At June
30, 1998 (unaudited) and December 31, 1997, based upon the level of historical

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(8) INCOME TAXES--(CONTINUED)


taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in
which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more
likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible
differences.

(9) REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS

     To retain its certificate of authority, the Florida Insurance Code (the
"Code") requires that Federated National maintain capital and surplus equal to
the greater of 10 percent of its liabilities or the 1997 statutory minimum
capital and surplus requirement of $2,100,000 as defined in the Code or
$2,100,000. The Company is also required to adhere to prescribed
premium-to-surplus ratios. The Company is in compliance with these requirements
as of December 31, 1997. As of December 31, 1997, to meet regulatory
requirements, the Company had fixed maturities with a par value of $250,000
pledged to the Insurance Commissioner of the State of Florida (the
"Commissioner").

     Under Florida law, a domestic insurer may not pay any dividend or
distribute cash or other property to its shareholders except out of that part
of its available and accumulated capital surplus funds which is derived from
realized net operating profits on its business and net realized capital gains.
A Florida domestic insurer may not make dividend payments or distributions to
shareholders without prior approval of the Florida Department of Insurance if
the dividend or distribution would exceed the larger of (i) the lesser of (a)
10 percent of capital surplus (b) net income, not including realized capital
gains, plus a two-year carryforward, (ii) 10 percent of capital surplus with
dividends payable constrained to unassigned funds minus 25 percent of
unrealized capital gains of (iii) the lesser of (a) 10 percent of capital
surplus or (b) net investment income plus a three-year carryfoward with
dividends payable constrained to unassigned funds minus 25 percent of
unrealized capital gains. Alternatively, a Florida domestic insurer may pay a
dividend or distribution without the prior written approval of the Florida
Department of Insurance (i) if the dividend is equal to or less than the
greater of (a) 10 percent of the insurer's capital surplus as regards
policyholders derived from realized net operating profits on its business and
net realized capital gains or (b) the insurer's entire net operating profits
and realized net capital gains derived during the immediately preceding
calendar year, (ii) the insurer will have policyholder capital surplus equal to
or exceeding 115 percent of the minimum required statutory capital surplus
after the dividend or distribution, (iii) the insurer files a notice of the
dividend or distribution with the department at least ten business days prior
to the dividend payment or distribution and (iv) the notice includes a
certification by an officer of the insurer attesting that, after the payment of
the dividend or distribution, the insurer will have at least 115 percent of
required statutory capital surplus as to policyholders. Except as provided
above, a Florida domiciled insurer may only pay a dividend or make a
distribution (i) subject to prior approval by the Florida Department of
Insurance of (ii) 30 days after the Florida Department of Insurance has
received notice of such dividend or distribution and has not disapproved it
within such time. No dividends were declared or paid in 1997.

     Under these laws, Federated National is not permitted to pay dividends to
the Company in 1998 without prior regulatory approval. Although the Company
believes that amounts required for it to meet its financial and operating
obligations will be available, there can be no assurance in this regard.
Further, there can be no assurance that, if requested, that the Florida
Department of Insurance will allow any dividends to be paid by Federated
National.

     The Company is required to comply with NAIC risk-based capital ("RBC")
requirements. RBC is a method of measuring the amount of capital appropriate
for an insurance company to support its

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(9) REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS AND RESTRICTIONS--(CONTINUED)


overall business operations in light of its size and risk profile. NAIC's RBC
standards are used by regulators to determine appropriate regulatory actions
relating to insurers who show signs of weak or deteriorating condition. As of
June 30, 1998, based on calculations using the appropriate NAIC formula, The
Company's total adjusted capital is in excess of ratios which would require any
form of regulatory action.


     Pursuant to a consent order issued in conjunction with the Company's
authorization to underwrite mobile home insurance (the "Consent Order"), the
Company's growth is subject to regulatory limits on the amount of premiums it
can underwrite. In 1998, Federated National may only underwrite $21 million in
direct written premiums and $14 million in total net written premiums. In 1999,
Federated National is limited to $24 million and $15 million, respectively.
Federated National also is required to maintain a minimum capital surplus to
support its underwriting program. In 1998 and 1999, Federated National is
required to have capital surplus of $4.7 million and $5.9 million,
respectively. The premium limits and capital surplus requirements impact
Federated National's potential growth. Federated National's ability to exceed
these limitations will be subject to the prior approval of the Florida
Department of Insurance. Although correspondence from the Department of
Insurance has indicated it is agreeable to modifications of the current Consent
Order due to the improved financial condition of the Company, there can be no
assurance that Federated National will be able to obtain the required
regulatory approvals, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition.
 


     Generally accepted accounting principles differ in some respects from
reporting practices prescribed or permitted by the Department of Insurance of
the State of Florida. Federated National's statutory capital and surplus was
$4,708,291 and $4,112,265 as of June 30, 1998 and December 31, 1997,
respectively. The Company's statutory net income was $700,783 and $493,089 for
the six months ended June 30, 1998 and for the year ended December 31, 1997,
respectively.


(10) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES


     The Company is involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
 


     In October 1996, the Company purchased land in Plantation, Florida to
construct facilities to accommodate executive offices and administration. In
August 1998, the facility was completed and the Company consolidated its
executive offices and administrative operations in the facility, which consists
of approximately 14,000 square feet of space. The cost of the project is
estimated at $1.5 million and approximately $223,000 has been paid as of
December 31, 1997 and approximately $925,000 has been paid as of June 30, 1998.
 


(11) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS


     In October 1997, the Company sold an office property to a group of
officers and shareholders. The sale price of the property was $255,000 which
generated a profit of approximately $13,000. In

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                         21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

      NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

            JUNE 30, 1998 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996


(11) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS--(CONTINUED)


connection with the sale, the Company provided seller-financing in an amount of
$200,000. The note bears interest at 8.00 percent per annum with monthly
payments of principal and interest. The note matures on October 31, 2002. The
outstanding principal balance of the note at June 30, 1998 and December 31,
1997 was $180,561 and $197,278, respectively.


     The Company also leases a second insurance agency location from principal
shareholders at a rental of $3,500 per month pursuant to a lease expiring in
May 2001.


     Prior to the Company's consolidation of its executive offices and
administrative operations, the Company leased two locations at a rental of
$9,150 per month from principle shareholders.


     The Company believes these arrangements are on terms at least as favorable
as those the Company could secure from a nonaffiliated third party.


(12) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)


     In January and February 1998, the Company acquired certain insurance
agencies and other affiliated companies as mentioned in 2(a).


     The Company intends to conduct an initial public offering by filing a
registration statement on Form SB-2 for 1,250,000 shares of common stock, par
value $.01 per share. Concurrently, the Company intends to adopt a stock option
plan reserving 350,000 shares of common stock.


     The Company's Board of Directors now has the authority to issue 1,000,000
shares of preferred stock with any terms as the Board may deem advisable.

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

The graphic depicts the Company's headquarters.


<PAGE>

===============================================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR SINCE THE DATES AS OF WHICH INFORMATION IS SET FORTH
HEREIN. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO
ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH JURISDICTION.
                      -----------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PAGE
                                             -----
<S>                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary .......................    3
Risk Factors .............................    8
Use of Proceeds ..........................   17
Dividend Policy ..........................   17
Dilution .................................   18
Capitalization ...........................   19
Selected Consolidated and Combined
   Financial Data ........................   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis
   of Financial Condition and Results
   of Operations .........................   22
Business .................................   28
Management ...............................   46
Certain Transactions .....................   50
Principal Shareholders ...................   52
Description of Capital Stock .............   52
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ..........   55
Underwriting .............................   56
Legal Matters ............................   57
Experts ..................................   58
Available Information ....................   58
Glossary of Selected Terms ...............   59
</TABLE>

                      -----------------------------------
UNTIL      , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                               1,250,000 SHARES




                                 21ST CENTURY
                                HOLDING COMPANY


                                 COMMON STOCK








                      -----------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS


                      -----------------------------------
                              GILFORD SECURITIES

                                  INCORPORATED








                                       , 1998




===============================================================================
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.


     The Registrant has authority under Section 607.0850 of the Florida
Business Corporations Act to indemnify its directors and officers to the extent
provided for in such statute. The Registrant's Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the Registrant may insure, shall
indemnify and shall advance expenses on behalf of its officers and directors to
the fullest extent not prohibited by law. The Company is also a party to
indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers.


ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.


     The Registrant estimates that expenses payable by the Registrant in
connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other
than underwriting discounts and commissions) will be as follows:


   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
        Securities and Exchange Commission Registration fee .........    $  3,747
        NASD filing fee .............................................       1,770
        Nasdaq listing fee ..........................................      53,750
        Printing and engraving expenses .............................      70,000
        Accounting fees and expenses ................................     100,000
        Legal fees and expenses .....................................     142,500
        Blue Sky fees and expenses ..................................      20,000
        Transfer Agent's fees and expenses ..........................       5,000
        Miscellaneous ...............................................       3,233
                                                                         --------
        Total .......................................................    $400,000
                                                                         ========
</TABLE>
    

   
     All amounts except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration
fee, the NASD filing fee, and the Nasdaq listing fee are estimated.
    


ITEM 26. RECENT SALE OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.


     The following sets forth the Registrant's sale of its securities within
the last three years, which securities were not registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended:


    1. In November 1996, the Company sold 111,160 shares of Common Stock to 3
      unaccredited individual private investors and one accredited individual
      private investor in a private transaction for cash consideration of
      $500,000.


    2. In December 1997, the Company sold 33,348 shares of Common Stock to
      Bruce Simberg, a director of the Company, in a private transaction for
      cash consideration of $120,000.


    3. In January 1998, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
      capital stock of eight affiliated corporations, principally the Company's
      insurance agencies, in exchange for the issuance of 954,124 shares of
      Common Stock to eight persons. Included in such shares were 377,481
      shares of Common Stock issued to each of Edward J. Lawson and Michele V.
      Lawson, who were principal shareholders of seven of such corporations,
      and 18,526 shares of Common Stock issued to Ronald A. Raymond, who was
      the principal shareholder of the eighth corporation. The remaining shares
      of Common Stock were issued to existing employees of the Company who
      continued to be employees after the transaction.


    4. In February 1998, the Company acquired all of the issued and
      outstanding capital stock of an affiliated insurance agency in exchange
      for the issuance of 27,792 shares of Common Stock,


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

      including 6,948 shares of Common Stock issued to each of Edward J. Lawson
      and Michele V. Lawson, who were principal shareholders of the agency with
      the remaining shares of Common Stock being issued to three existing
      shareholders, two of which were accredited investors.


   
    5. In February 1998, the Company sold 38,906 shares of Common Stock to one
      accredited individual private investor in a private transaction.
    


    6. In April 1998, the Company acquired all of the issued and outstanding
      capital stock of a non-affiliated insurance agency in exchange for the
      issuance of 6,484 shares of Common Stock to one unaccredited individual,
      who is currently an employee of the Company.


   
     The above securities were also issued without registration under the
Securities Act, by reason of the exemption from registration afforded by the
provisions of section 4(2) thereof, as transactions by an issuer not involving
a public offering, each recipient of securities having delivered appropriate
investment representations to the Company with respect thereto and having
consented to the imposition of restrictive legends upon the certificates
evidencing such securities. The unaccredited individual investors were
financially sophisticated investors with access to the information typically
found in a registration statement.
    


     All information in this Item with respect to shares of Common Stock has
been adjusted to give effect to the 1.8-for-one, 1.2-for-one, and
926.33-for-one stock splits implemented in November 1996, January 1997 and
September 1998, respectively.


ITEM 27. EXHIBITS.

   
(A) EXHIBITS
    


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT    DESCRIPTION
- ---------   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>         <C>
  1.1       Revised Form of Underwriting Agreement(2)
  3.1       Form of Registrant's Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation(1)
  3.2       Form of Registrant's Amended and Restated Bylaws(1)
  4.1       Specimen of Common Stock Certificate(1)
  4.2       Revised Representative's Warrant Agreement including form of Representative's Warrant(2)
  5.1       Opinion of Broad and Cassel(2)
 10.1       Form of Stock Option Plan(1)*
 10.2       Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Edward J. Lawson(1)*
 10.3       Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Michele V. Lawson(1)*
 10.4       Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors and executive
            officers(1)*
 10.5       Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement between FlatIron Funding Company, LLC and
            FPF, Inc., as amended(1)
 10.6       Sale and Assignment Agreement between Federated Premium and FPF, Inc., as amended(1)
 10.7       Reinsurance Agreement between Federated National and Transatlantic Re(1)
 21.1       Subsidiaries of the Registrant(1)
 23.1       Consent of Broad and Cassel (included in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)(2)
 23.2       Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP(2)
 25.1       Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of the Registration Statement)(1)
</TABLE>
    

- ----------------
 *  Management Compensation Plan or Arrangement
(1) Previously filed.
   
(2) Filed herewith.
    

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS.


  B.   The Registrant hereby undertakes:


    (1) To file during any period in which it offers or sells securities, a
         post-effective amendment to this registration statement to: (i)
         include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities
         Act; (ii) reflect in the prospectus any facts or events which,
         individually or together, represent a fundamental change in the
         information set forth in the registration statement; and (iii) include
         any additional or changed material information on the plan of
         distribution.


    (2) For determining liability under the Securities Act, treat each
         post-effective amendment as a new registration statement of the
         securities offered, and the offering of the securities at that time
         will be the initial bona fide offer.


    (3) To file a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
         the securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.


    (4) To provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the
         underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and
         registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit
         prompt delivery to each purchaser.


    (5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
         Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
         controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
         provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the
         opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification
         is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is,
         therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
         indemnification against such liabilities (other that the payment by
         the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
         controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
         action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
         controlling person in connection with the securities being registered,
         the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
         has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
         appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by
         it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and
         will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.


    (6) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
         the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
         this registration statement in reliance upon rule 430A and contained
         in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to rule
         424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to
         be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
         effective.


    (7) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
         each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
         be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
         securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at
         that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
         thereof.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the Registrant has duly caused this Registrant Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Plantation,
State of Florida, on November 3, 1998.
    


                                     21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY


                                     By /s/ EDWARD J. LAWSON
                                       --------------------------------------
                                        Edward J. Lawson, Chairman of the Board,
                                        President and Chief Executive
                                        Officer



                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Edward
J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson, or any one of them, as his or her true and
lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and
resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any
and all capacities to execute in the name of each such person who is then an
officer or director of the Registrant any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any registration
statement relating to the offering hereunder pursuant to Rule 462 under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same with all exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each
of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
required or necessary to be done in and about the premises as fully as he or
she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the date indicated.


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          SIGNATURE                            TITLE                        DATE
- -----------------------------   ----------------------------------   -----------------
<S>                             <C>                                  <C>
/s/ Edward J. Lawson            Chairman of the Board                November 3, 1998
- -----------------------------   President, Chief Executive
Edward J. Lawson
                                Officer (principal executive,
                                financial and accounting officer)
/s/ Michele V. Lawson           Vice President-Agency                November 3, 1998
- ----------------------------    Operations, Treasurer and
Michele V. Lawson
                                Director
/s/ Ronald A. Raymond           President, Federated National        November 3, 1998
- ----------------------------    and Director
Ronald A. Raymond

/s/ Patrick D. Doyle            Director                             November 3, 1998
- ----------------------------
Patrick D. Doyle

/s/ Joseph A. Epstein           Director                             November 3, 1998
- ----------------------------
Joseph A. Epstein

/s/ Carla L. Leonard            Director                             November 3, 1998
- ----------------------------
Carla L. Leonard

/s/ Bruce Simberg               Director                             November 3, 1998
- ----------------------------
Bruce Simberg
</TABLE>
    


                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
- --------   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>
 1.1       Revised Form of Underwriting Agreement
 4.2       Revised Representative's Warrant Agreement including form of Representative's Warrant
 5.1       Opinion of Broad and Cassel
23.2       Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
</TABLE>
    

                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                        1,250,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

                          21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                              New York, New York

   
                                                                November 4, 1998
    

Gilford Securities Incorporated
As Representative of the
Several Underwriters listed
on Schedule A hereto
850 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          21st Century Holding Company, a Florida corporation (the "Company")
confirms its agreement with Gilford Securities Incorporated ("Gilford") and each
of the several underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the
"Underwriters," which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as
hereinafter provided in Section 11) for whom Gilford is acting as representative
(in such capacity, Gilford shall hereinafter be referred to as "you" or the
"Representative"), with respect to the sale by the Company and the purchase by
the Representative of 1,250,000 shares of the Company's common stock, $.01 par
value per share ("Common Stock"). Such shares of Common Stock are hereinafter
referred to as the "Firm Shares."

          Upon the Representative's request, as provided in Section 2(b) of this
Agreement, the Company shall also sell to the Underwriters up to an additional
187,500 shares of Common Stock for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if
any (the "Option Shares"). The Firm Shares and the Option Shares are sometimes
hereinafter referred to as the "Shares." The Company also proposes to issue and
sell to the Representative warrants (the "Representative's Warrants") pursuant
to the Representative's Warrant Agreement (the "Representative's Warrant
Agreement") for the purchase of an additional 125,000 shares of Common Stock.
The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative's
Warrants are hereinafter referred to as the "Representative's Shares." The Firm
Shares, the Option Shares, the Representative's Warrants and the
Representative's Shares (collectively, hereinafter referred to as the
"Securities") are more fully described in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus referred to below.



<PAGE>

     1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

          (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the
Representative as of the date hereof, and as of the Closing Date (hereinafter
defined) and the Option Closing Date (hereinafter defined), if any, as follows:

   
               (i) The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and
        Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement, and an
        amendment or amendments thereto, on Form SB-2 (No. 333-63623), including
        any related preliminary prospectus ("Preliminary Prospectus"), for the
        registration of the Firm Shares and the Option Shares under the
        Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), which registration
        statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company
        in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the Rules and
        Regulations of the Commission under the Act. The Company will promptly
        file a further amendment to said registration statement in the form
        heretofore delivered to the Representative and will not file any other
        amendment thereto to which the Representative shall have objected in
        writing after having been furnished with a copy thereof. Except as the
        context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended,
        on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement
        becomes effective (including the prospectus, financial statements,
        schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or
        incorporated therein (including, but not limited to those documents or
        information incorporated by reference therein) and all information
        deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to paragraph (b) of
        Rule 430(A) of the Rules and Regulations), is hereinafter called the
        "Registration Statement," and the form of prospectus in the form first
        filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and
        Regulations, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus." For purposes
        hereof, "Rules and Regulations" mean the rules and regulations adopted
        by the Commission under either the Act or the Securities Exchange Act of
        1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as applicable.
    

               (ii) Neither the Commission nor any state regulatory authority
        has issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
        Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any part of
        any thereof and no proceedings for a stop order suspending the
        effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any of the Company's
        securities have been instituted or are pending or to the Company's
        knowledge, threatened. Each of the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration
        Statement and Prospectus at the time of filing thereof conformed with
        the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and none of
        the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus at the
        time of filing thereof contained an untrue statement of a material fact
        or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein and
        necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
        under which they were made, not misleading, except that this
        representation and warranty does not apply to statements made in
        reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
        the Company with respect to the Underwriters by or on behalf of the
        Underwriters expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus,
        Registration Statement or Prospectus.

               (iii) When the Registration Statement becomes effective and at
        all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and each Option
        Closing Date, if any,

                                       2

<PAGE>


        and during such longer period as the Prospectus may be required to be
        delivered in connection with sales by the Underwriters or a dealer, the
        Registration Statement and the Prospectus will contain all statements
        which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and
        the Rules and Regulations, and will conform to the requirements of the
        Act and the Rules and Regulations; neither the Registration Statement
        nor the Prospectus, nor any amendment or supplement thereto, will
        contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
        material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
        statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
        made, not misleading, provided, however, that this representation and
        warranty does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in
        reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the
        Company in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriters expressly for use
        in the Preliminary Prospectus, Registration Statement or Prospectus or
        any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

   
               (iv) The Company and each subsidiary of the Company (a
        "Subsidiary") has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
        corporation in good standing under the laws of the state of its
        incorporation. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement,
        neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns an interest in any
        corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture or other business
        entity. The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified and licensed
        and in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in
        which its ownership or leasing of any properties or the character of
        its operations requires such qualification or licensing, except where
        the failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the
        condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, position,
        prospects, value, operation, properties, business or results of
        operations of the company (a "Material Adverse Effect"). The Company
        has all requisite corporate power and authority, and the Company and
        each Subsidiary has obtained any and all necessary authorizations,
        approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, franchises and permits of
        and from all governmental or regulatory officials and bodies
        (including, without limitation, those having jurisdiction over
        environmental or similar matters), to own or lease its properties and
        conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; the Company and
        each Subsidiary is and has been doing business in material compliance
        with all such authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses,
        certificates, franchises and permits and all federal, state and local
        laws, rules and regulations; and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
        has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or
        modification of any such authorization, approval, order, license,
        certificate, franchise, or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if
        the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, could
        reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The
        disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of
        federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations on the Company's
        or any Subsidiary's business as currently conducted and as contemplated
        to be conducted are correct in all material respects and do not omit to
        state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained
        therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were
        made.
    

               (v) The Company has a duly authorized, issued and outstanding
        capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, under "Capitalization"
        and "Description of Capital Stock" and will have the adjusted
        capitalization set forth therein on the Closing Date and the Option
        Closing Date, if any, based upon the assumptions set forth therein, and
        the Company is not a party to or bound by any instrument, agreement or
        other arrangement providing for it to issue any capital stock, rights,
        warrants, options or other securities, except for this Agreement, the
        Representative's Warrant Agreement and as described in the Prospectus.
        The Securities and all other securities issued or issuable by

                                       3

<PAGE>


   
         the Company conform or, when issued and paid for, will conform, in all
         respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding
         securities of the Company and each Subsidiary have been duly authorized
         and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and the
         holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and
         are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders;
         and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive
         rights of any holders of any security of the Company or any Subsidiary
         or similar contractual rights granted by the Company or any Subsidiary.
         The Securities are not and will not be subject to any preemptive or
         other similar rights of any shareholder, have been duly authorized and,
         when issued, paid for and delivered in accordance with the terms
         hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will
         conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; the
         holders thereof will not be subject to any liability solely as such
         holders; all corporate action required to be taken for the
         authorization, issue and sale of the Securities has been duly and
         validly taken; and the certificates representing the Securities will be
         in due and proper form. Upon the issuance and delivery pursuant to the
         terms hereof of the Securities to be sold by the Company hereunder, the
         Underwriters will acquire good and marketable title to such Securities
         free and clear of any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge,
         security interest, defect or other restriction or equity of any kind
         whatsoever other than those created or permitted by the Underwriters.

                (vi) The financial statements, including the related notes and
         schedules thereto, included in the Registration Statement, each
         Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present the financial
         position, income, changes in cash flow, changes in shareholders'
         equity, and the results of operations of the Company on a consolidated
         basis at the respective dates and for the respective periods to which
         they apply and the pro forma financial information included in the
         Registration Statement and Prospectus presents fairly on a basis
         consistent with that of the audited financial statements included
         therein, what the Company's consolidated pro forma (as adjusted)
         capitalization would have been for the respective periods and as of the
         respective dates to which they apply after giving effect to the
         adjustments described therein. Such financial statements have been
         prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
         and the Rules and Regulations, consistently applied throughout the
         periods involved. There has been no change or development involving a
         material prospective change which could reasonably be expected to have
         a Material Adverse Effect, whether or not arising in the ordinary
         course of business, since the date of the financial statements included
         in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and the outstanding
         debt, the property, both tangible and intangible, and the business of
         the Company and each Subsidiary conform in all material respects to the
         descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the
         Prospectus. Financial information set forth in the Prospectus under the
         headings "Summary Consolidated and Combined Financial Data," "Selected
         Consolidated and Combined Financial Data," "Capitalization," and
         "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
         Results of Operations," fairly present, on the basis stated in the
         Prospectus, the information set forth therein, and has been derived
         from or compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited
         financial statements included in the Prospectus.
    

                                       4

<PAGE>


   
                (vii) The Company and each Subsidiary (i) has paid all
         federal, state, local, and foreign taxes for which it is liable,
         including, but not limited to, withholding taxes and amounts payable
         under Chapters 21 through 24 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the
         "Code"), and has furnished all information returns it is required to
         furnish pursuant to the Code, (ii) has established adequate reserves
         for such taxes which are not due and payable, and (iii) does not have
         any tax deficiency or claims outstanding, proposed or assessed against
         it.
    

                (viii) No transfer tax, stamp duty or other similar tax is
         payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters in connection with (i) the
         issuance by the Company of the Securities, (ii) the purchase by the
         Underwriters of the Securities from the Company, (iii) the consummation
         by the Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement or the
         Representative's Warrant Agreement, or (iv) resales of the Shares in
         connection with the distribution contemplated hereby.

   
                (ix) The Company and each Subsidiary maintains insurance
         policies, including, but not limited to, general liability and property
         insurance, which insures the Company and each Subsidiary and their
         respective employees, against such losses and risks generally insured
         against by comparable businesses. Neither the Company nor any
         Subsidiary (A) has failed to give notice or present any insurance claim
         with respect to any matter, including but not limited to the Company's
         or any Subsidiary's business, property or employees, under an insurance
         policy or surety bond in a due and timely manner, (B) has any disputes
         or claims against any underwriter of such insurance policies or surety
         bonds or has not failed to pay any premiums due and payable thereunder,
         or (C) has failed to comply with all conditions contained in such
         insurance policies and surety bonds. There are no facts or
         circumstances under any such insurance policy or surety bond which
         would relieve any insurer of its obligation to satisfy in full any
         valid claim of the Company or any Subsidiary.

                (x) There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration,
         investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding (including,
         without limitation, those having jurisdiction over environmental or
         similar matters), domestic or foreign, pending or threatened against
         (or circumstances that may give rise to the same), or involving the
         properties or business of, the Company or any Subsidiary which (i)
         questions the validity of the capital stock of the Company, this
         Agreement or the Representative's Warrant Agreement or of any action
         taken or to be taken by the Company pursuant to or in connection with
         this Agreement or the Representative's Warrant Agreement, (ii) is
         required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement which is not so
         disclosed (and such proceedings as are summarized in the Registration
         Statement are accurately summarized in all material respects), or (iii)
         if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a
         Material Adverse Effect.
    

               (xi) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to
         authorize, issue, deliver and sell the Securities, enter into this
         Agreement and the Representative's Warrant Agreement and to consummate
         the transactions provided for in such agreements; and this Agreement
         and the Representative's Warrant Agreement have each been duly and
         properly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company. Each

                                       5

<PAGE>


   
         of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant Agreement
         constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company
         enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except
         (i) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or
         similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally, (ii) as
         enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provisions may be
         limited under applicable laws or the public policies underlying such
         laws and (iii) that the remedies of specific performance and injunctive
         and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable
         defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any
         proceedings may be brought. None of the Company's issue and sale of the
         Securities, execution or delivery of this Agreement or the
         Representative's Warrant Agreement, its performance hereunder and
         thereunder, its consummation of the transactions contemplated herein
         and therein, the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto,
         conflicts with or will conflict with or results or will result in any
         breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or
         constitutes or will constitute a default under, or result in the
         creation or imposition of any lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge,
         security interest, defect or other restriction or equity of any kind
         whatsoever upon, any property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the
         Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of, (i) the Articles of
         Incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any
         license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust
         agreement, shareholders agreement, note, loan or credit agreement or
         any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any
         Subsidiary is a party or by which it is or may be bound or to which any
         of its properties or assets (tangible or intangible) is or may be
         subject, or any indebtedness, or (iii) any statute, judgment, decree,
         order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary
         of any arbitrator, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or
         other governmental agency or body (including, without limitation, those
         having jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic or
         foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its activities
         or properties which, in the case of (ii) or (iii) above, could
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
    

               (xii) Except as described in the Prospectus, no consent,
         approval, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court,
         regulatory body, government agency or other body, domestic or foreign,
         is required for the issuance of the Shares pursuant to the Prospectus
         and the Registration Statement, the issuance of the Representative's
         Warrants, the performance of this Agreement and the Representative's
         Warrant Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
         including without limitation, any waiver of any preemptive, first
         refusal or other rights that any entity or person may have for the
         issue and/or sale of any of the Shares, or the Representative's
         Warrants, except such as have been or may be obtained under the Act or
         may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection
         with the Representative's purchase and distribution of the Shares, and
         the Representative's Warrants to be sold by the Company hereunder.

   
                (xiii) All executed agreements, contracts or other documents
         or copies of executed agreements, contracts or other documents filed as
         exhibits to the Registration Statement to which the Company or any
         Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound or to which any of
         its assets, properties or business may be subject have been duly and
         validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or such
         Subsidiary, and constitute the legal, valid and binding agreements of
         the Company or such Subsidiary, enforceable against the Company or such
         Subsidiary, in
    

                                       6

<PAGE>

         accordance with their respective terms. The descriptions in the
         Registration Statement of agreements, contracts and other documents are
         accurate in all material respects and fairly present the information
         required to be shown with respect thereto by Form SB-2, and there are
         no contracts or other documents which are required by the Act to be
         described in the Registration Statement or filed as exhibits to the
         Registration Statement which are not described or filed as required,
         and the exhibits which have been filed are in all material respects
         complete and correct copies of the documents of which they purport to
         be copies.

   
                (xiv) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
         is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and except
         as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein,
         neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has (i) issued any securities or
         incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for
         borrowed money, (ii) entered into any transaction other than in the
         ordinary course of business, or (iii) declared or paid any dividend or
         made any other distribution on or in respect of its capital stock of
         any class, and there has not been any change in the capital stock, or
         any material change in the debt (long or short term) or liabilities or
         material adverse change in or affecting the general affairs,
         management, financial operations, shareholders' equity or results of
         operations of the Company or any Subsidiary.
    

   
               (xv) No default exists in the due performance and observance of
         any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture,
         mortgage, installment sale agreement, lease, deed of trust, voting
         trust agreement, shareholders agreement, partnership agreement, note,
         loan or credit agreement, purchase order, or any other agreement or
         instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other
         material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary
         is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary may be bound or to
         which the property or assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company or
         any Subsidiary is subject or affected which default could reasonably be
         expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

               (xvi) The Company and each Subsidiary has generally enjoyed a
         satisfactory employer-employee relationship with its employees and is
         in compliance in all material respects with all federal, state, local,
         and foreign laws and regulations respecting employment and employment
         practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours.
         There are no pending investigations of which the Company or any
         Subsidiary has notice involving the Company or any Subsidiary by the
         U.S. Department of Labor, or any other governmental agency responsible
         for the enforcement of such federal, state, local, or foreign laws and
         regulations. There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint
         against the Company or any Subsidiary pending before the National Labor
         Relations Board or any strike, picketing, boycott, dispute, slowdown or
         stoppage pending or threatened against or involving the Company or any
         Subsidiary or any predecessor entity, and none has ever occurred. No
         representation question exists respecting the employees of the Company
         or any Subsidiary, and no collective bargaining agreement or
         modification thereof is currently being negotiated by the Company or
         any Subsidiary. No grievance or arbitration proceeding is pending under
         any expired or existing collective bargaining agreements of the Company
         or any Subsidiary. No labor dispute with the employees of the Company
         or any Subsidiary exists, or, to the best of the Company's knowledge is
         imminent.

               (xvii) Except as described in the Prospectus, neither the Company
         nor any  Subsidiary maintains, sponsors or contribute to any program
         or arrangement that is an "employee
    

                                       7

<PAGE>


   
        pension benefit plan," an "employee welfare benefit plan," or a
        "multiemployer plan" as such terms are defined in Sections 3(2), 3(1)
        and 3(37), respectively, of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
        of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA Plans"). Neither the Company nor
        any Subsidiary maintains or contributes, now or at any time previously,
        to a defined benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA. No
        ERISA Plan (or any trust created thereunder) has engaged in a
        "prohibited transaction" within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or
        Section 4975 of the Code, which could subject the Company or any
        Subsidiary to any tax penalty on prohibited transactions and which has
        not adequately been corrected. Each ERISA Plan is in compliance with all
        reporting, disclosure and other requirements of the Code and ERISA as
        they relate to any such ERISA Plan. Determination letters have been
        received from the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each ERISA
        Plan which is intended to comply with Code Section 401(a), stating that
        such ERISA Plan and the attendant trust are qualified thereunder.
        Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has ever completely or partially
        withdrawn from a "multiemployer plan."

                (xviii) Neither the Company, any Subsidiary nor any of its
        employees, directors, shareholders, partners, or affiliates (within the
        meaning of the Rules and Regulations) of any of the foregoing has taken
        or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which
        has constituted or which might be expected to cause or result in, under
        the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the
        price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of
        the Securities or otherwise.
    

   
        (xix) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, none of the
        patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, service names,
        trade names and copyrights and none of the licenses and rights to the
        foregoing presently owned or held by the Company or any Subsidiary are,
        to the Company's knowledge, in dispute or are in any conflict with the
        right of any other person or entity. The Company and each Subsidiary (i)
        owns or has the right to use, free and clear of all liens, charges,
        claims, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, defects or other
        restrictions or equities of any kind whatsoever, all patents, patent
        applications, trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names and
        copyrights, technology and licenses and rights with respect to the
        foregoing, used in the conduct of its business as now conducted or
        proposed to be conducted without infringing upon or otherwise acting
        adversely to the right or claimed right of any person, corporation or
        other entity under or with respect to any of the foregoing and (ii) is
        not obligated or under any liability whatsoever to make any payment by
        way of royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner or licensee of, or
        other claimant to, any patent, patent application, trademark, service
        mark, service names, trade name, copyright, know-how, technology or
        other intangible asset, with respect to the use thereof or in connection
        with the conduct of its business or otherwise. There is no action, suit,
        proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or
        governmental or other proceeding, domestic or foreign, pending or, to
        the Company's knowledge, threatened (or circumstances that may give rise
        to the same) against the Company which challenges the exclusive rights
        of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to any trademarks, trade
        names, service marks, service names, copyrights, patents, patent
        applications or licenses or rights to the foregoing used in the conduct
        of its business, or which challenge the right of the Company or any
        Subsidiary to use any technology presently used or contemplated to be
        used in the conduct of its business.
    

                                       8

<PAGE>


   
               (xx) The Company or a Subsidiary owns and has the unrestricted
        right to use all trade secrets, know-how (including all other unpatented
        and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or
        procedures), inventions, technology, designs, processes, works of
        authorship, computer programs and technical data and information
        (collectively herein "intellectual property") that are material to the
        development, operation and sale of all products and services sold or
        proposed to be sold by the Company or such Subsidiary, free and clear of
        and without violating any right, lien, or claim of others, including
        without limitation, former employers of its employees; provided,
        however, that the possibility exists that other persons or entities,
        completely independently of the Company or such Subsidiary, or its
        employees or agents, could have developed trade secrets or items of
        technical information similar or identical to those of the Company or
        such Subsidiary. The Company is not aware of any such development of
        similar or identical trade secrets or technical information by others.

               (xxi) The Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable
        title to, or valid and enforceable leasehold estates in, all items of
        real and personal property stated in the Prospectus, to be owned or
        leased by it free and clear of all liens, charges, claims, encumbrances,
        pledges, security interests, defects, or other restrictions or equities
        of any kind whatsoever, other than those referred to in the Prospectus
        and liens for taxes not yet due and payable and other than those which,
        individually or in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the
        use and operation of such properties.
    

               (xxii) KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, whose report is filed with the
        Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, are independent
        certified public accountants as required by the Act and the Rules and
        Regulations.

   
               (xxiii) The Company has caused to be duly executed legally
        binding and enforceable agreements pursuant to which all of the officers
        and directors of the Company, all holders of the Common Stock and
        holders of securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible
        into shares of Common Stock have agreed not to, directly or indirectly,
        offer to sell, sell, grant any option for the sale of, assign, transfer,
        pledge, hypothecate, distribute or otherwise encumber or dispose of any
        shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into, exercisable or
        exchangeable for or evidencing any right to purchase or subscribe for
        any shares of Common Stock (either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and
        Regulations or otherwise) or dispose of any beneficial interest therein
        for a period of not less than thirteen (13) months following the
        effective date of the Registration Statement (except for publicly held
        shares of Common Stock of the Company acquired after the effective date
        of the Registration Statement in the open market) without the prior
        written consent of the Representative and the Company. The Company will
        cause the Transfer Agent, as defined below, to mark an appropriate
        legend on the face of stock certificates representing all of such
        securities and to place "stop transfer" orders on the Company's stock
        ledgers.

               (xxiv) Except as described in the Prospectus under
        "Underwriting," there are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements
        or understandings, whether oral or written, for services in the nature
        of a finder's or origination fee with respect to the sale of the
        Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements,
        understandings, payments or issuance with respect to the Company or any
        Subsidiary or any of their respective officers, directors,
    

                                       9

<PAGE>


        shareholders, partners, employees or affiliates that may affect the
        Underwriters' compensation, as determined by the National Association of
        Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

               (xxv) The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the
        Nasdaq National Market ("NNM").

   
               (xxvi) Neither the Company, any Subsidiary nor any of their
        respective officers, employees, agents, or any other person acting on
        behalf of the Company, has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to
        give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price
        concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any
        customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or
        official or employee of any governmental agency (domestic or foreign) or
        instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political
        party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who
        was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the
        Company or any Subsidiary (or assist the Company or any Subsidiary in
        connection with any actual or proposed transaction) which (a) might
        subject the Company, or any other such person to any damage or penalty
        in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding
        (domestic or foreign), (b) if not given in the past, might have had a
        materially adverse effect on the assets, business or operations of the
        Company or any Subsidiary, or (c) if not continued in the future, might
        adversely affect the assets, business, operations or prospects of the
        Company or any Subsidiary. The Company's internal accounting controls
        are sufficient to cause the Company to comply with the Foreign Corrupt
        Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
    

   
               (xxvii) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no officer,
        director or shareholder of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any
        "affiliate" or "associate" (as these terms are defined in Rule 405
        promulgated under the Rules and Regulations) of any of the foregoing
        persons or entities has, either directly or indirectly, (i) an interest
        in any person or entity which (A) furnishes or sells services or
        products which are furnished or sold or are proposed to be furnished or
        sold by the Company or any Subsidiary, or (B) purchases from or sells or
        furnishes to the Company or any Subsidiary any services, or (ii) a
        beneficial interest in any contract or agreement to which the Company or
        any Subsidiary is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.
        Except as set forth in the Prospectus under "Certain Transactions,"
        there are no existing agreements, arrangements, understandings or
        transactions, or proposed agreements, arrangements, understandings or
        transactions, between or among the Company or any Subsidiary and any
        officer, director, or Principal Shareholder (as set forth under such
        heading in the Prospectus) of the Company or any partner, affiliate or
        associate of any of the foregoing persons or entities.
    

               (xxviii) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company,
        and delivered to the Representative or to Underwriters' Counsel (as
        defined herein) shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the
        Company to the Representative as to the matters covered thereby.

   
               (xxix) The minute books of the Company and each Subsidiary have
        been made available to the Representative and contain a complete summary
        of all meetings and actions of the directors, shareholders, audit
        committee, compensation committee and any other
    

                                       10

<PAGE>


   
        committee of the Board of Directors of the Company and each Subsidiary,
        respectively, since the time of its incorporation, and reflects all
        transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material
        respects.
    

               (xxx) Except and to the extent described in the Prospectus, no
        holders of any securities of the Company or of any options, warrants or
        other convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company have the
        right to include any securities issued by the Company in the
        Registration Statement or any registration statement to be filed by the
        Company or to require the Company to file a registration statement under
        the Act and no person or entity holds any anti-dilution rights with
        respect to any securities of the Company. 

               (xxxi) The Company has as of the effective date of the
        Registration Statement (i) entered into an employment agreement with
        each of Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson, in the form filed as
        Exhibits to the Registration Statement and (ii) purchased term key-man
        insurance on the life of each of Edward J. Lawson and Michele V. Lawson
        in the amount of $1,000,000, which policy names the Company as the sole
        beneficiary thereof.

     2. PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE SECURITIES AND REPRESENTATIVE'S
WARRANTS.

   
          (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and
agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter
agrees to purchase from the Company at a price of $____ per share [92% of the
initial public offering price] of Common Stock, that number of Firm Shares set
forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, subject to adjustment
as the Representative in its sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales
or purchases of fractional shares, plus any additional number of Firm Shares
which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the
provisions of Section 11 hereof.

          (b) In addition, on the basis of the representations, warranties,
covenants and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the
Underwriters to purchase all or any part of an additional 187,500 shares of
Common Stock at a price of $___ per share of Common Stock [92% of the initial
public offering price]. The option granted hereby will expire 45 days after (i)
the date the Registration Statement becomes effective, if the Company has
elected not to rely on Rule 430A under the Rules and Regulations, or (ii) the
date of this Agreement if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A under
the Rules and Regulations, and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to
time only for the purpose of covering over-allotments which may be made in
connection with the offering and distribution of the Firm Shares upon notice by
the Representative to the Company setting forth the number of Option Shares as
to which Representative is then exercising the option and the time and date of
payment and delivery for any such Option Shares. Any such time and date of
delivery (an "Option Closing Date") shall be determined by the Representative,
but shall not be later than seven full business days after the exercise of said
option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Date, as hereinafter defined,
unless otherwise agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. Nothing
herein contained shall obligate the Underwriters to make any over-allotments. No
Option Shares shall be delivered
    

                                       11

<PAGE>


unless the Firm Shares shall be simultaneously delivered or shall theretofore
have been delivered as herein provided.

          (c) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates
for, the Firm Shares shall be made at the offices of Gilford Securities
Incorporated at 850 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, or at such other
place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. Such
delivery and payment shall be made at 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on
__________, 1998 or at such other time and date as shall be agreed upon by the
Representative and the Company, but not less than three (3) nor more than seven
(7) full business days after the effective date of the Registration Statement
(such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called "Closing Date").
In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Shares are purchased by
the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, such Option Shares shall be made at the above-mentioned office
of the Representative or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the
Representative and the Company on each Option Closing Date as specified in the
notice from the Representative to the Company. Delivery of the certificates for
the Firm Shares and the Option Shares, if any, shall be made to the Underwriters
against payment by the Underwriters of the purchase price for the Firm Shares
and the Option Shares, if any, to the order of the Company for the Firm Shares
and the Option Shares, if any, by New York Clearing House funds. Certificates
for the Firm Shares and the Option Shares, if any, shall be in definitive, fully
registered form, shall bear no restrictive legends and shall be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the Representative may request in
writing at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing Date or the relevant
Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates for the Firm Shares
and the Option Shares, if any, shall be made available to the Representative at
such office or such other place as the Representative may designate for
inspection, checking and packaging no later than 9:30 a.m. on the last business
day prior to Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may
be. 

   
          (d) On the Closing Date, the Company shall issue and sell to the
Representative, Representative's Warrants at a purchase price of $.0001 per
warrant, which warrants shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase an
aggregate of 125,000 shares of Common Stock. The Representative's Warrants shall
be exercisable for a period of four years commencing one year from the effective
date of the Registration Statement at a price equaling one hundred forty five
percent (145%) of the initial public offering price of the shares of Common
Stock. The Representative's Warrant Agreement and form of Warrant Certificate
shall be substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration
Statement. Payment for the Representative's Warrants shall be made on the
Closing Date.
    

     3. PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE SHARES. As soon after the Registration Statement
becomes effective as the Representative deems advisable, the Underwriters shall
make a public offering of the Shares (other than to residents of or in any
jurisdiction in which qualification of the Shares is required and has not become
effective) at the price and upon the other terms set forth in the Prospectus.
The Representative may from time to time increase or decrease the public
offering price after distribution of the Shares has been completed to such
extent as the Representative, in its discretion deems advisable. The
Underwriters may enter into one of more agreements as the Underwriters, in each
of their sole discretion, deem advisable with one or more broker-dealers who
shall act as dealers in connection with such public offering.

                                       12

<PAGE>


     4. COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY. The Company covenants and
agrees with each of the Underwriters as follows:

          (a) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement and any amendments thereto to become effective as promptly as
practicable and will not at any time, whether before or after the effective date
of the Registration Statement, file any amendment to the Registration Statement
or supplement to the Prospectus or file any document under the Act or Exchange
Act before termination of the offering of the Shares by the Underwriters of
which the Representative shall not previously have been advised and furnished
with a copy, or to which the Representative shall have objected or which is not
in compliance with the Act, the Exchange Act or the Rules and Regulations.

          (b) As soon as the Company is advised or obtains knowledge thereof,
the Company will advise the Representative and confirm the notice in writing,
(i) when the Registration Statement, as amended, becomes effective, if the
provisions of Rule 430A promulgated under the Act will be relied upon, when the
Prospectus has been filed in accordance with said Rule 430A and when any
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective, (ii)
of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the
threatening, of any proceeding, suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary
Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the
institution of proceedings for that purpose, (iii) of the issuance by the
Commission or by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the
suspension of the qualification of any of the Securities for offering or sale in
any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for
that purpose, (iv) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission; and (v)
of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement
or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information.
If the Commission or any state securities commission authority shall enter a
stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make
every effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

          (c) The Company shall file the Prospectus (in form and substance
satisfactory to the Representative) or transmit the Prospectus by a means
reasonably calculated to result in filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Representative, pursuant
to Rule 424(b)(4)) not later than the Commission's close of business on the
earlier of (i) the second business day following the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and (ii) the fifteenth business day after the effective date of
the Registration Statement.

          (d) The Company will give the Representative notice of its intention
to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any
post-effective amendment) or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus
(including any revised prospectus which the Company proposes for use by the
Representative in connection with the offering of the Securities which differs
from the corresponding prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the
Registration Statement becomes effective, whether or not such revised prospectus
is required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations),
and will furnish the Representative with copies of any such amendment or
supplement a reasonable amount of time

                                       13

<PAGE>


   
prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file any
such prospectus to which the Representative or Baker & McKenzie ("Underwriters'
Counsel") shall object.
    


          (e) The Company shall endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with the
Representative, at or prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes
effective, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the securities
laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may designate to permit the
continuance of sales and dealings therein for as long as may be necessary to
complete the distribution, and shall make such applications, file such documents
and furnish such information as may be required for such purpose; provided,
however, the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation
or file a general or limited consent to service of process in any such
jurisdiction. In each jurisdiction where such qualification shall be effected,
the Company will, unless the Representative agrees that such action is not at
the time necessary or advisable, use all reasonable efforts to file and make
such statements or reports at such times as are or may reasonably be required by
the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification.

          (f) During the time when a prospectus is required to be delivered
under the Act, the Company shall use all reasonable efforts to comply with all
requirements imposed upon it by the Act and the Exchange Act, as now and
hereafter amended and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in
force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in
the Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus, or
any amendments or supplements thereto. If at any time when a prospectus relating
to the Securities or the Representative's Shares is required to be delivered
under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the
opinion of counsel for the Company or Underwriters' Counsel, the Prospectus, as
then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the
Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative
promptly and prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment or
supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act, each such amendment or
supplement to be satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel, and the Company will
furnish to the Representative copies of such amendment or supplement as soon as
available and in such quantities as the Representative may request.

          (g) As soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 45 days
after the end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the end of the
fiscal quarter of the Company during which the effective date of the
Registration Statement occurs (90 days in the event that the end of such fiscal
quarter is the end of the Company's fiscal year), the Company shall make
generally available to its security holders, in the manner specified in Rule
158(b) of the Rules and Regulations, and to the Representative, an earnings
statement which will be in the detail required by, and will otherwise comply
with, the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158(a) of the Rules
and Regulations, which statement need not be audited unless required by the Act,
covering a period of at least 12 consecutive months after the effective date of
the Registration Statement.

          (h) During a period of seven years after the date hereof, the Company
will furnish to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, annual reports
(including financial statements

                                       14

<PAGE>


audited by independent public accountants) and unaudited quarterly reports of
earnings, and will deliver to the Representative:


   
               (i) concurrently with furnishing such quarterly reports to its
        shareholders, statements of income of the Company for each quarter in
        the form furnished to the Company's shareholders;
    

               (ii) concurrently with furnishing such annual reports to its
        shareholders, a balance sheet of the Company as at the end of the
        preceding fiscal year, together with statements of operations,
        shareholders' equity, and cash flows of the Company for such fiscal
        year, accompanied by a copy of the certificate thereon of independent
        certified public accountants;

               (iii) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports
        (financial or other) mailed to shareholders;


               (iv) as soon as they are available, copies of all reports and
        financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission, the NASD
        or any securities exchange;

               (v) every press release and every material news item or article
        of interest to the financial community in respect of the Company, or its
        affairs which was released or prepared by or on behalf of the Company;

               (vi) any additional information of a public nature concerning the
        Company (and any future subsidiary) or its businesses which the
        Representative may request; and

               (vii) During such seven-year period, if the Company has an active
        subsidiary, the foregoing financial statements will be on a consolidated
        basis to the extent that the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary
        are consolidated, and will be accompanied by similar financial
        statements for any significant subsidiary which is not so consolidated.

          (i) The Company will maintain a Transfer Agent and, if necessary under
the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a Registrar (which may be the
same entity as the Transfer Agent) for its Common Stock.

          (j) The Company will furnish to the Representative or on
Representative's order, without charge, at such place as the Representative may
designate, copies of each Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement and
any pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto (two of which copies will
be signed and will include all financial statements and exhibits), the
Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any prospectus
prepared after the effective date of the Registration Statement, in each case as
soon as available and in such quantities as the Representative may request.

                                       15

<PAGE>


          (k) On or before the effective date of the Registration Statement, the
Company shall provide the Representative with true copies of duly executed,
legally binding and enforceable agreements pursuant to which for a period of
thirteen (13) months from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the
officers and directors of the Company, holders of all shares of Common Stock and
holders of securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares
of Common Stock, agree that it or he or she will not directly or indirectly,
issue, offer to sell, sell, grant an option for the sale of, assign, transfer,
pledge, hypothecate, distribute or otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares
of Common Stock or securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for
or evidencing any right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of Common Stock
(either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations or otherwise) or
dispose of any beneficial interest therein without the prior written consent of
the Representative and the Company (collectively, the "Lock-up Agreements"). On
or before the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver instructions to the
Transfer Agent authorizing it to place appropriate legends on the certificates
representing the securities subject to the Lock-up Agreements and to place
appropriate stop transfer orders on the Company's ledgers.

          (l) Neither the Company, nor any of its officers, directors,
shareholders, nor any of their respective affiliates (within the meaning of the
Rules and Regulations) will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed
to, or which might in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in,
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any securities of the Company.

          (m) The Company shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
Securities in the manner, and subject to the conditions, set forth under "Use of
Proceeds" in the Prospectus. No portion of the net proceeds will be used,
directly or indirectly, to acquire any securities issued by the Company.

          (n) The Company shall timely file all such reports, forms or other
documents as may be required from time to time, under the Act, the Exchange Act,
and the Rules and Regulations, and all such reports, forms and documents filed
will comply as to form and substance with the applicable requirements under the
Act, the Exchange Act, and the Rules and Regulations.

          (o) The Company shall furnish to the Representative as early as
practicable prior to each of the date hereof, the Closing Date and each Option
Closing Date, if any, but no later than two (2) full business days prior
thereto, a copy of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements
of the Company (which in no event shall be as of a date more than thirty (30)
days prior to the date of the Registration Statement) which have been read by
the Company's independent public accountants, as stated in its letter to be
furnished pursuant to Section 6(j) hereof.

   
          (p) The Company shall cause the Common Stock to be quoted on NNM and
for a period of seven (7) years from the date hereof, use its best efforts to
maintain the NNM quotation of the Common Stock to the extent outstanding.
    

          (q) For a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, the Company
shall furnish to the Representative at the Representative's request and at the
Company's sole expense, 

                                       16

<PAGE>


(i) daily consolidated transfer sheets relating to the Common Stock (ii) the
list of holders of all of the Company's securities and (iii) a Blue Sky "Trading
Survey" for secondary sales of the Company's securities prepared by counsel to
the Company.

          (r) As soon as practicable, (i) but in no event more than 5 business
days before the effective date of the Registration Statement, file a Form 8-A
with the Commission providing for the registration under the Exchange Act of the
Securities and (ii) but in no event more than 30 days from the effective date of
the Registration Statement, take all necessary and appropriate actions to be
included in Standard and Poor's Corporation Descriptions and Moody's OTC Manual
and to continue such inclusion for a period of not less than seven (7) years.

          (s) The Company hereby agrees that it will not for a period of
twenty-four (24) months from the effective date of the Registration Statement,
adopt, propose to adopt or otherwise permit to exist any employee, officer,
director, consultant or compensation plan or arrangement permitting the grant,
issue or sale of any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company
(i) in an amount greater than an aggregate of 350,000 shares, (ii) at an
exercise or sale price per share less than the greater of (a) the initial public
offering price of the Shares set forth herein and (b) the fair market value of
the Common Stock on the date of grant or sale, (iii) to any direct or indirect
beneficial holder on the date hereof of more than 10% of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (iv) with the payment for such securities
with any form of consideration other than cash, (v) upon payment of less than
the full purchase or exercise price for such shares of Common Stock or other
securities of the Company on the date of grant or issuance, or (vi) permitting
the existence of stock appreciation rights, phantom options or similar
arrangements.

          (t) Until the completion of the distribution of the Shares, the
Company shall not without the prior written consent of the Representative and
Underwriters' Counsel, issue, directly or indirectly, any press release or other
communication or hold any press conference with respect to the Company or its
activities or the offering contemplated hereby, other than trade releases issued
in the ordinary course of the Company's business consistent with past practices
with respect to the Company's operations.

          (u) For a period equal to the lesser of (i) seven (7) years from the
date hereof, and (ii) the sale to the public of the Representative's Shares, the
Company will not take any action or actions which may prevent or disqualify the
Company's use of Form SB-2 or Form S-1 (or other appropriate form) for the
registration under the Act of the Representative's Shares.

   
          (v) For a period of three (3) years after the effective date of the
Registration Statement, the Representative shall have the right to designate for
election one (1) individual to the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board").
In the event the Representative elects not to exercise such right, then it may
designate one (1) individual to attend meetings of the Company's Board. The
Company shall notify the Representative of each meeting of the Board and the
Company shall send to such individual all notices and other correspondence and
communications sent by the Company to members of the Board. Such individual
shall be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with
his attendance of meetings of the Board.
    

                                       17

<PAGE>


   
          (w) For a period of twenty four (24) months after the effective date
of the Registration Statement, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall
restate, amend or alter any term of any written employment, consulting or
similar agreement entered into between the Company or any Subsidiary and any
officer, director or key employee as of the effective date of the Registration
Statement in a manner which is more favorable to such officer, director or key
employee, the prior written consent of the Representative.
    

     5. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

   
          (a) The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and
the Option Closing Date (to the extent not paid at the Closing Date) all
expenses and fees (other than fees of Underwriters' Counsel, except as provided
in (iv) below) incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company
under this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant Agreement, including,
without limitation, (i) the fees and expenses of accountants and counsel for the
Company, (ii) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the
preparation, duplication, printing, (including mailing and handling charges)
filing, delivery and mailing (including the payment of postage with respect
thereto) of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments and
supplements thereto and the printing, mailing (including the payment of postage
with respect thereto) and delivery of this Agreement, the Agreement Among
Underwriters, the Selected Dealer Agreements, and related documents, including
the cost of all copies thereof and of the Preliminary Prospectuses and of the
Prospectus and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the
Underwriters and such dealers as the Underwriters may request, in quantities as
hereinabove stated, (iii) the printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the
Securities including, but not limited to, (x) the purchase by the Underwriters
of the Shares and the purchase by the Representative of the Representative's
Warrants from the Company, (y) the consummation by the Company of any of its
obligations under this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant Agreement, and
(z) resale of the Shares by the Underwriters in connection with the distribution
contemplated hereby, (iv) the qualification of the Securities under state or
foreign securities or "Blue Sky" laws and determination of the status of such
securities under legal investment laws, including the costs of printing and
mailing the "Preliminary Blue Sky Memorandum," the "Supplemental Blue Sky
Memorandum" and "Legal Investments Survey," if any, and disbursements and fees
of counsel in connection therewith (such fees not to exceed $20,000), (v)
advertising costs and expenses, including but not limited to costs and expenses
in connection with the "road show," information meetings and presentations,
bound volumes and prospectus memorabilia and "tomb-stone" advertisement
expenses, (vi) costs and expenses in connection with due diligence
investigations, including but not limited to the fees of any independent counsel
or consultant retained, (vii) fees and expenses of the transfer agent and
registrar, (viii) applications for assignments of a rating of the Securities by
qualified rating agencies, (ix) the fees payable to the Commission and the NASD,
and (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the quotation of the
Securities on NNM and any other exchange.
    

          (b) If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriters in accordance
with the provisions of Section 6 or Section 10, (i) the Company shall reimburse
and indemnify the Representative for all of its actual out-of-pocket expenses,
including the fees and disbursements of Underwriters' Counsel, less any amounts
already paid pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof.

                                       18

<PAGE>


   
          (c) The Company further agrees that, in addition to the expenses
payable pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5, it will pay to the
Representative on the Closing Date by certified or bank cashier's check or, at
the election of the Representative, by deduction from the proceeds of the
offering contemplated herein a non-accountable expense allowance equal to three
percent (3%) of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the
Firm Shares, $50,000 of which has been paid to date. In the event the
Representative elects to exercise the over-allotment option described in Section
2(b) hereof, the Company agrees to pay to the Representative on the Option
Closing Date (by certified or bank cashier's check or, at the Representative's
election, by deduction from the proceeds of the Option Shares) a non-accountable
expense allowance equal to three percent (3%) of the gross proceeds received by
the Company from the sale of the Option Shares.
    

     6. CONDITIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the
Underwriters hereunder shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the
representations and warranties of the Company herein as of the date hereof and
as of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, with respect to the
Company as if it had been made on and as of the Closing Date or each Option
Closing Date, as the case may be; the accuracy on and as of the Closing Date or
Option Closing Date, if any, of the statements of the officers of the Company
made pursuant to the provisions hereof; and the performance by the Company on
and as of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, of its
covenants and obligations hereunder and to the following further conditions:

          (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later
than 12:00 Noon, New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date
and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at
Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no
proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or
contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for
additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable
satisfaction of Underwriters' Counsel. If the Company has elected to rely upon
Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, the price of the Shares and any
price-related information previously omitted from the effective Registration
Statement pursuant to such Rule 430A shall have been transmitted to the
Commission for filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations
within the prescribed time period, and prior to Closing Date the Company shall
have provided evidence satisfactory to the Representative of such timely filing,
or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been
promptly filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of
Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations.

          (b) The Representative shall not have advised the Company that the
Registration Statement, or any amendment thereto, contains an untrue statement
of fact which, in the Representative's opinion, is material, or omits to state a
fact which, in the Representative's opinion, is material and is required to be
stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or
that the Prospectus, or any supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement of
fact which, in the Representative's opinion, is material, or omits to state a
fact which, in the Representative's opinion, is material and is required to be
stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                                       19

<PAGE>


          (c) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Representative shall have
received from Underwriters' Counsel, such opinion or opinions with respect to
the organization of the Company, the validity of the Securities, the
Representative's Warrants, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other
related matters as the Representative may request and Underwriters' Counsel
shall have received such papers and information as they request to enable them
to pass upon such matters.

   
          (d) At Closing Date, the Underwriter shall have received the favorable
opinion of Broad and Cassel, counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date,
addressed to the Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to
Underwriters' Counsel, to the effect that:

               (i) the Company and each Subsidiary (A) has been duly organized
        and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws
        of its jurisdiction, (B) is duly qualified and licensed and in good
        standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which, to such
        counsel's knowledge its ownership or leasing of any properties or the
        character of its operations requires such qualification or licensing,
        except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse
        Effect, and (C) has all requisite corporate power and authority; and the
        Company and each Subsidiary has obtained any and all necessary
        authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, franchises
        and permits of and from all governmental or regulatory officials and
        bodies (including, without limitation, those having jurisdiction over
        environmental or similar matters), to own or lease its properties and
        conduct its business as described in the Prospectus except where the
        failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company
        and each Subsidiary is and has been doing business in material
        compliance with, all such authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses,
        certificates, franchises and permits and all federal, state and local
        laws, rules and regulations; to such counsel's knowledge neither the
        Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings
        relating to the revocation or modification of any such authorization,
        approval, order, license, certificate, franchise, or permit which,
        singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision,
        ruling or finding could reasonably be expected to have a Material
        Adverse Effect;

               (ii) to the best of such counsel's knowledge and except as set
        forth in the Registration Statement, neither the Company nor any
        Subsidiary owns an interest in any other corporation, partnership, joint
        venture, trust or other business entity;

               (iii) the Company has a duly authorized, issued and outstanding
        capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and any amendment or
        supplement thereto, under "Capitalization" and "Description of
        Securities," and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to or
        bound by any instrument, agreement or other arrangement providing for it
        to issue any capital stock, rights, warrants, options or other
        securities, except for this Agreement, the Representative's Warrant
        Agreement and as described in the Prospectus. The Securities, and all
        other securities issued or issuable by the Company conform in all
        material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in
        the Registration Statement and
    

                                       20

<PAGE>


   
        the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
        Company and each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued
        and are fully paid and non-assessable; to such counsel's knowledge, the
        holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and
        are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders;
        and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive
        rights of any holders of any security of the Company or any Subsidiary.
        The Shares, the Representative's Warrants and the Representative's
        Shares to be sold by the Company hereunder and under the
        Representative's Warrant Agreement are not and will not be subject to
        any preemptive or other similar rights of any shareholder, have been
        duly authorized and, when issued, paid for and delivered in accordance
        with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and
        non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the
        Prospectus; the holders thereof will not be subject to any liability
        solely as such holders; all corporate action required to be taken for
        the authorization, issue and sale of the Shares, the Representative's
        Warrants and the Representative's Shares has been duly and validly
        taken; and the certificates representing the Shares and the
        Representative's Warrants are in due and proper form. The
        Representative's Warrants constitute valid and binding obligations of
        the Company to issue and sell, upon exercise thereof and payment
        therefor, the number and type of securities of the Company called for
        thereby. Upon the issuance and delivery pursuant to this Agreement and
        the Representative's Warrant Agreement of the Shares and the
        Representative's Warrants, respectively, to be sold by the Company, the
        Underwriters and the Representative, respectively, will acquire good and
        marketable title to the Shares and Representative's Warrants free and
        clear of any pledge, lien, charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge, security
        interest, or other restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever other
        than those created by the Representative. No transfer tax is payable by
        or on behalf of the Underwriters in connection with (A) the issuance by
        the Company of the Shares, (B) the purchase by the Underwriters of the
        Shares and the Representative's Warrants, respectively, from the
        Company, (C) the consummation by the Company of any of its obligations
        under this Agreement or the Representative's Warrant Agreement, or (D)
        resales of the Shares in connection with the distribution contemplated
        hereby;
    

               (iv) the Registration Statement is effective under the Act, and,
        if applicable, filing of all pricing information has been timely made in
        the appropriate form under Rule 430A, and no stop order suspending the
        use of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or
        Prospectus or any part of any thereof or suspending the effectiveness of
        the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
        purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the best of such
        counsel's knowledge, threatened or contemplated under the Act;

               (v) each of the Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
        Statement, and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto
        (other than the financial statements and other financial and statistical
        data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) comply
        as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and
        the Rules and Regulations;

   
               (vi) to the best of such counsel's knowledge, (A) there are no
        agreements, contracts or other documents required by the Act to be
        described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and filed as
        exhibits to the Registration Statement other than those described in the
        Registration Statement 
    

                                       21

<PAGE>


   
        and the Prospectus and filed as exhibits thereto, and the exhibits which
        have been filed are correct copies of the documents of which they
        purport to be copies; (B) the descriptions in the Registration Statement
        and the Prospectus and any supplement or amendment thereto of contracts
        and other documents to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or
        by which it is bound, including any document to which the Company or any
        Subsidiary is a party or by which it is bound, incorporated by reference
        into the Prospectus and any supplement or amendment thereto, are
        accurate in all material respects and fairly represent the information
        required to be shown by Form SB-2; (C) there is not pending or
        threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary any action,
        arbitration, suit, proceeding, inquiry, investigation, litigation,
        governmental or other proceeding (including, without limitation, those
        having jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic or
        foreign, pending or threatened against (or circumstances that may give
        rise to the same), or involving the properties or business of the
        Company or any Subsidiary which (x) is required to be disclosed in the
        Registration Statement which is not so disclosed (and such proceedings
        as are summarized in the Registration Statement are accurately
        summarized in all material respects), (y) questions the validity of the
        capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or this Agreement or the
        Representative's Warrant Agreement, or of any action taken or to be
        taken by the Company pursuant to or in connection with any of the
        foregoing; (D) no statute or regulation or legal or governmental
        proceeding required to be described in the Prospectus is not described
        as required;
    

               (vii) the Company has full legal right, power and authority to
        enter into each of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant
        Agreement and to consummate the transactions provided for herein and
        therein; and each of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant
        Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
        Company. Each of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant
        Agreement, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by each
        other party thereto constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of
        the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms
        (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
        insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general
        application relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors' rights
        and the application of equitable principles in any action, legal or
        equitable, and except as rights to indemnity or contribution may be
        limited by applicable law), and none of the Company's execution or
        delivery of this Agreement and the Representative's Warrant Agreement,
        its performance hereunder or thereunder, its consummation of the
        transactions contemplated herein or therein, or the conduct of its
        business as described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and
        any amendments or supplements thereto, conflicts with or

                                       22

<PAGE>


   
        will conflict with or results or will result in any breach or violation
        of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitutes or will constitute
        a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
        charge, claim, encumbrance, pledge, security interest, defect or other
        restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever upon, any property or
        assets (tangible or intangible) of the Company pursuant to the terms of,
        (A) the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or any
        Subsidiary, (B) any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of
        trust, voting trust agreement, shareholders agreement, note, loan or
        credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument known to such
        counsel to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it
        is or may be bound or to which any of its respective properties or
        assets (tangible or intangible) is or may be subject, or any
        indebtedness, or (C) any statute, judgment, decree, order, rule or
        regulation applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary of any
        arbitrator, court, regulatory body or administrative agency or other
        governmental agency or body (including, without limitation, those having
        jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic or
        foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or any
        of their respective activities or properties;
    
        
               (viii) except as described in the Prospectus, no consent,
        approval, authorization or order of, and no filing with, any court,
        regulatory body, government agency or other body (other than such as may
        be required under Blue Sky laws, as to which no opinion need be
        rendered) is required in connection with the issuance of the Shares
        pursuant to the Prospectus, the issuance of the Representative's
        Warrants, and the Registration Statement, the performance of this
        Agreement and the Representative's Warrant Agreement, and the
        transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

   
        (ix) the statements in the Prospectus under "BUSINESS," "MANAGEMENT,"
        "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS," "CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS," "DESCRIPTION OF
        CAPITAL STOCK," and "SHARES
    

                                       23

<PAGE>


        ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE" have been reviewed by such counsel, and
        insofar as they refer to statements of law, descriptions of statutes,
        licenses, rules or regulations or legal conclusions, are correct in all
        material respects; 

   
               (x) the Shares have been accepted for quotation on NNM;

               (xi) to such counsel's knowledge, the persons listed under the
        caption "PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS" in the Prospectus are the respective
        "beneficial owners" (as such phrase is defined in regulation 13d-3 under
        the Exchange Act) of the securities set forth opposite their respective
        names thereunder as and to the extent set forth therein;

               (xii) except as described in the Prospectus, no person,
        corporation, trust, partnership, association or other entity has the
        right to include and/or register any securities of the Company in the
        Registration Statement, require the Company to file any registration
        statement or, if filed, to include any security in such registration
        statement;

               (xiii) to such counsel's knowledge, except as described in the
        Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements or
        understandings for services in the nature of a finder's or origination
        fee with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or financial
        consulting arrangement or any other arrangements, agreements,
        understandings, payments or issuances that may affect the Underwriters'
        compensation, as determined by the NASD;

               (xiv) assuming due execution by the parties thereto other than
        the Company, the Lock-up Agreements are legal, valid and binding
        obligations of parties thereto, enforceable against the party and any
        subsequent holder of the securities subject thereto in accordance with
        its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable
        bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of
        general application relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors'
        rights and the application of equitable principles in any action, legal
        or equitable, and except as rights to indemnity or contribution may be
        limited by applicable law); and

               (xv) to such counsel's knowledge, except as described in the
        Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (A) maintains,
        sponsors or contributes to any ERISA Plans, (B) maintain or contribute,
        now or at any time previously, to a defined benefit plan, as defined in
        Section 3(35) of ERISA, and (C) has ever completely or partially
        withdrawn from a "multiemployer plan."
    

          Such counsel shall also state that such counsel has participated in
conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and
representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company at which
conferences such counsel made inquiries of such officers, representatives and
accountants and discussed the contents of the Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and related matters were discussed and,
although such counsel is not passing upon and does not assume any responsibility
for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the
Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement and Prospectus, on the basis
of the foregoing, no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which lead
them to believe that either the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto,
at the time such Registration Statement or amendment became effective or

                                       24

<PAGE>

the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto as
of the date of such opinion contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading (it being understood that such
counsel need express no opinion with respect to the financial statements and
schedules and other financial and statistical data included in the Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus).

          Such opinion shall not state that it is to be governed or qualified
by, or that it is otherwise subject to, any treatise, written policy or other
document relating to legal opinions, including, without limitation, the Legal
Opinion Accord of the ABA Section of Business Law (1991), or any comparable
State bar accord.

          In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving the application of laws other than the laws of the United States and
jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the extent such counsel deems
proper and to the extent specified in such opinion, if at all, upon an opinion
or opinions (in form and substance satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel) of
other counsel acceptable to Underwriters' Counsel, familiar with the applicable
laws; (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates
and written statements of responsible officers of the Company, and certificates
or other written statements of officers of departments of various jurisdictions
having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing
of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates
shall be delivered to Underwriters' Counsel if requested. The opinion shall also
state that the Underwriters' Counsel is entitled to rely thereon. The opinion of
such counsel for the Company shall state that the opinion of any such other
counsel is in form satisfactory to such counsel and that the Underwriters and
they are justified in relying thereon.

   
          (e) At each Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriters shall have
received the favorable opinion of Broad and Cassel, counsel to the Company,
Broad & Cassel, dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and
in form and substance satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel confirming as of
Option Closing Date the statements made by Broad & Cassel, in its opinion
delivered on the Closing Date.
    

          (f) On or prior to each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing
Date, if any, Underwriters' Counsel shall have been furnished such documents,
certificates and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of
enabling them to review or pass upon the matters referred to in subsection (c)
of this Section 6, or in order to evidence the accuracy, completeness or
satisfaction of any of the representations, warranties or conditions of the
Company, or herein contained.

   
          (g) Prior to each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if
any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change nor development
involving a prospective change in the condition, financial or otherwise,
prospects, shareholders' equity or the business activities of the Company or any
Subsidiary, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, from the latest
dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus; (ii) there shall have been no transaction, not in the ordinary
course of business, entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary, from the
latest date as of which the financial condition of the Company is set forth in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus which is materially adverse to the
Company or any Subsidiary; (iii) neither the
    

                                       25
<PAGE>

   
Company nor any Subsidiary shall be in default under any provision of any
instrument relating to any outstanding indebtedness; (iv) neither the Company
nor any Subsidiary shall have issued any securities (other than the Securities);
neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall have declared or paid any dividend
or made any distribution in respect of its capital stock of any class; and there
has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company, or any material
change in the debt (long or short term) or liabilities or obligations of the
Company or any Subsidiary (contingent or otherwise); (v) no material amount of
the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary shall have been pledged or
mortgaged, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;
(vi) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending
or threatened (or circumstances giving rise to same) against the Company or any
Subsidiary, or affecting any of its properties or business before or by any
court or federal, state or foreign commission, board or other administrative
agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may adversely affect
the business, operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the
Company or any Subsidiary, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and
Prospectus; and (vii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no
proceedings therefor shall have been initiated, threatened or contemplated by
the Commission.
    

          (h) At each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any,
the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the
principal executive officer and by the chief financial or chief accounting
officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the
case may be, to the effect that each of such persons has carefully examined the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus and this Agreement, and that:

               (i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this
        Agreement are true and correct, as if made on and as of the Closing Date
        or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and the Company has
        complied with all agreements and covenants and satisfied all conditions
        contained in this Agreement on its part to be performed or satisfied at
        or prior to such Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may
        be;

               (ii) No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
        Registration Statement or any part thereof has been issued, and no
        proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to
        the best of each of such person's knowledge, after due inquiry are
        contemplated or threatened under the Act;

               (iii) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and, if any,
        each amendment and each supplement thereto, contain all statements and
        information required to be included therein, and none of the
        Registration Statement, the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement
        thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
        state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
        make the statements therein not misleading and neither the Preliminary
        Prospectus or any supplement thereto included any untrue statement of a
        material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be
        stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of
        the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

   
               (iv) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
        is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (a) neither
        the Company nor any Subisidiary has incurred up to and including the
        Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, other than
    

                                       26
<PAGE>

   
        in the ordinary course of its business, any material liabilities or
        obligations, direct or contingent; (b) neither the Company nor any
        Subsidiary has paid or declared any dividends or other distributions on
        its capital stock; (c) the Company has not entered into any transactions
        not in the ordinary course of business; (d) there has not been any
        change in the capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or any
        material change in the debt (long or short-term) of the Company or any
        Subsidiary; (e) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sustained any
        material loss or damage to its property or assets, whether or not
        insured; (g) there is no litigation which is pending or threatened (or
        circumstances giving rise to same) against the Company or any
        Subsidiary, or any affiliated party of any of the foregoing which is
        required to be set forth in an amended or supplemented Prospectus which
        has not been set forth; and (h) there has occurred no event required to
        be set forth in an amended or supplemented Prospectus which has not been
        set forth.
    

References to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus in this subsection
(g) are to such documents as amended and supplemented at the date of such
certificate.

          (i) By the Closing Date, the Underwriters will have received clearance
from the NASD as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the
Underwriters, as described in the Registration Statement.

          (j) At the time this Agreement is executed, the Underwriters shall
have received a letter, dated such date, addressed to the Underwriters in form
and substance satisfactory (including the non-material nature of the changes or
decreases, if any, referred to in clause (iii) below) in all respects to the
Underwriters and Underwriters' Counsel, from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP;

               (i) confirming that they are independent certified public
        accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act
        and the applicable Rules and Regulations;

   
               (ii) stating that it is their opinion that the consolidated
        financial statements and supporting schedules of the Company included in
        the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects
        with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Rules and
        Regulations thereunder and that the Underwriters may rely upon the
        opinion of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP with respect to such financial
        statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration
        Statement;

               (iii) stating that, on the basis of a limited review which
        included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim
        consolidated financial statements of the Company, a reading of the
        latest available minutes of the shareholders and board of directors and
        the various committees of the boards of directors of the Company,
        consultations with officers and other employees of the Company
        responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified
        procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention which
        would lead them to believe that (A) the pro forma financial information
        contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus does not comply
        as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting
        requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations or is not fairly
        presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
        applied on a basis consistent with that of the audited consolidated
        financial statements of the Company
    

                                       27
<PAGE>

   
        or the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information included
        in the Registration Statement, (B) the unaudited consolidated financial
        statements and supporting schedules of the Company included in the
        Registration Statement do not comply as to form in all material respects
        with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Rules and
        Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with generally
        accepted accounting principles applied on a basis substantially
        consistent with that of the audited consolidated financial statements of
        the Company included in the Registration Statement, or (C) at a
        specified date not more than five (5) days prior to the effective date
        of the Registration Statement, there has been any change in the capital
        stock of the Company, any change in the long-term debt of the Company,
        or any decrease in the shareholders' equity of the Company or any
        decrease in the net current assets or net assets of the Company as
        compared with amounts shown in the June 30, 1998 balance sheets included
        in the Registration Statement, other than as set forth in or
        contemplated by the Registration Statement, or, if there was any change
        or decrease, setting forth the amount of such change or decrease, and
        (D) during the period from June 30, 1998 to a specified date not more
        than five (5) days prior to the effective date of the Registration
        Statement, there was any decrease in net revenues or net earnings of the
        Company or increase in net earnings per common share of the Company, in
        each case as compared with the corresponding period beginning June 30,
        1997 other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration
        Statement, or, if there was any such decrease, setting forth the amount
        of such decrease;
    

               (iv) setting forth, at a date not later than five (5) days prior
        to the date of the Registration Statement, the amount of liabilities of
        the Company (including a break-down of commercial paper and notes
        payable to banks);

   
               (v) stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts,
        numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and
        other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the
        Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers,
        percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general
        accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and its
        Subsidiaries and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by
        legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of
        specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which
        procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally
        accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to
        be in agreement; and
    

               (vi) statements as to such other matters incident to the
        transaction contemplated hereby as the Underwriters may request.

          (k) At the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, the
Underwriters shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP a letter, dated as
of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, to the
effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant
to SUBSECTION (j) of this Section hereof except that the specified date referred
to shall be a date not more than five days prior to the Closing Date or the
Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and, if the Company has elected to rely
on Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, to the further effect that they have
carried out

                                       28
<PAGE>

procedures as specified in clause (v) of SUBSECTION (j) of this Section with
respect to certain amounts, percentages and financial information as specified
by the Underwriters and deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement
pursuant to Rule 430A(b) and have found such amounts, percentages and financial
information to be in agreement with the records specified in such clause (v).

          (l) The Company shall have delivered to the Representative a letter
from KPMG Peat Marwick LLP addressed to the Company stating that they have not
during the immediately preceding two year period brought to the attention of the
Company's management any "weakness" as defined in Statement of Auditing
Standards No. 60 "Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters
Noted in an Audit," in any of the Company's internal controls.

          (m) On each of the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any, there
shall be duly tendered to the Underwriters the appropriate number of Securities.

          (n) No order suspending the sale of the Securities in any jurisdiction
designated by the Underwriters pursuant to subsection (e) of Section 4 hereof
shall have been issued on either the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if
any, and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be
contemplated.

   
          (o) On or before the Closing Date, the Company shall have executed and
delivered to the Representative, (i) the Representative's Warrant Agreement
substantially in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement in
final form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, and (ii) the
Representative's Warrants in such denominations and to such designees as shall
have been provided to the Company.
    

          (p) On or before the Closing Date, the Shares shall have been duly
approved for quotation on NNM, subject to official notice of issuance.

          (q) On or before the Closing Date, there shall have been delivered to
the Representative all of the Lock-up Agreements, in form and substance
satisfactory to Representative's Counsel.

          If any condition to the Representative's obligations hereunder to be
fulfilled prior to or at the Closing Date or the relevant Option Closing Date,
as the case may be, is not so fulfilled, the Representative may terminate this
Agreement or, if the Representative so elects, it may waive any such conditions
which have not been fulfilled or extend the time for their fulfillment.

     7. INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a) The Company, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the
Underwriters (for purposes of this Section 7 "Underwriters" shall include the
officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and counsel of the
Underwriters, including specifically each person who may be substituted for an
Underwriter as provided in Section 11 hereof), and each person, if any, who
controls the Underwriter ("controlling person") within the meaning of Section 15
of the

                                       29
<PAGE>

Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses,
claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, joint or several (and actions,
proceedings, investigations, inquiries, and suits in respect thereof),
whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all costs and expenses
whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against
such action, proceeding, investigation, inquiry or suit, commenced or
threatened, or any claim whatsoever), as such are incurred, to which the
Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject under the Act, the
Exchange Act or any other statute or at common law or otherwise or under the
laws of foreign countries, arising out of or based upon (A) any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (i) in any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or
any new registration statement and prospectus in which is included securities of
the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of the Securities; or (iii) in any
application or other document or written communication (in this Section 7
collectively called "application") executed by the Company or based upon written
information furnished by the Company filed, delivered or used in any
jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities under the securities laws
thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency,
NNM or any other securities exchange, (B) the omission or alleged omission
therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading (in the case of the Prospectus, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made), or (C) any breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of the Company contained herein
or in any certificate by or on behalf of the Company or any of its officers
delivered pursuant hereto unless, in the case of clause (A) or (B) above, such
statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company with respect to any Underwriter by or on
behalf of such Underwriters expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or any Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto, or in any application, as the case may be.

          The indemnity agreement in this subsection (a) shall be in addition to
any liability which the Company may have at common law or otherwise.

          (b) Each of the Underwriters agrees severally, but not jointly, to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its
officers who has signed the Registration Statement, and each other person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, to the same extent
as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Underwriter but only with
respect to statements or omissions, if any, made in any Preliminary Prospectus,
the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto or in any application made in reliance upon, and in strict conformity
with, written information furnished to the Company with respect to any
Underwriter by such Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or
supplement thereto or in any such application, provided that such written
information or omissions only pertain to disclosures in the Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus directly relating to the
transactions effected by the Underwriters in connection with this Offering. The
Company acknowledges that the statements with respect to the public offering of
the Securities set forth under the heading "Underwriting" and the stabilization
legend in the Prospectus have been furnished by the Underwriter expressly for
use therein and constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on
behalf of the Underwriters for inclusion in the Prospectus.

                                       30
<PAGE>

          (c) The indemnity agreement in this subsection (b) shall be in
addition to any liability which the Underwriters may have at common law or
otherwise. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7
of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against one
or more indemnifying parties under this Section 7, notify each party against
whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but
the failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any
liability which it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent that it
has been prejudiced in any material respect by such failure or from any
liability which it may have otherwise). In case any such action, investigation,
inquiry, suit or proceeding is brought against any indemnified party, and it
notifies an indemnifying party or parties of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party or parties will be entitled to participate therein, and to
the extent it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party
promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to
assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such
indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnified party or
parties shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case
but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such
indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall
have been authorized in writing by the indemnifying parties in connection with
the defense of such action at the expense of the indemnifying party, (ii) the
indemnifying parties shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such indemnified party to have charge of the defense of such action within a
reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or (iii) such
indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be
defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to those
available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in which case the
indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the defense of such
action, investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding on behalf of the indemnified
party or parties), in any of which events such fees and expenses of one
additional counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying parties. In no event shall
the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one
counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for
all indemnified parties in connection with any one action, investigation,
inquiry, suit or proceeding or separate but similar or related actions,
investigations, inquiries, suits or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising
out of the same general allegations or circumstances. Anything in this Section 7
to the contrary notwithstanding, an indemnifying party shall not be liable for
any settlement of any claim or action effected without its written consent;
provided, however, that such consent was not unreasonably withheld. An
indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified parties, settle compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, investigation, inquiry,
suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be
sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential
parties to such claim or action), unless such settlement, compromise or consent
(i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party form all
liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and (ii) doe
snot include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a
failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

                                       31
<PAGE>

          (d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in any
case in which (i) an indemnified party makes claim for indemnification pursuant
to this Section 7, but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final
judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of
time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such
indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that
the express provisions of this Section 7 provide for indemnification in such
case, or (ii) contribution under the Act may be required on the part of any
indemnified party, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount
paid as a result of such losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (or
actions, investigations, inquiries, suits or proceedings in respect thereof) (A)
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received
by each of the contributing parties, on the one hand, and the party to be
indemnified on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities or (B) if the
allocation provided by clause (A) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of each of the
contributing parties, on the one hand, and the party to be indemnified on the
other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such
losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. In any case where the Company is the contributing
party and the Underwriters are the indemnified party, the relative benefits
received by the Company on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other,
shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the
offering of the Securities (before deducting expenses) bear to the total
underwriting discounts received by the Underwriters hereunder, in each case as
set forth in the table on the Cover Page of the Prospectus. Relative fault shall
be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state
a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, or by the
Underwriters, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The
amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages, expenses or liabilities (or actions, investigations, inquiries,
suits or proceedings in respect thereof) referred to above in this subdivision
(d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such
action, claim, investigation, inquiry, suit or proceeding. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this subdivision (d) the Underwriters shall not be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable to the
Securities purchased by the Underwriters hereunder. No person guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, each officer of the
Company who has signed the Registration Statement, and each director of the
Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in
each case to this subparagraph (d). Any party entitled to contribution will,
promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit, inquiry,
investigation or proceeding against such party in respect to which a claim for
contribution may be made against another party or parties under this
subparagraph (d), notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be
sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties shall not relieve
the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any obligation it
or they may have hereunder or otherwise than under this subparagraph (d), or to
the extent that such party or parties were not adversely affected by such
omission. The contribution agreement set

                                       32
<PAGE>

forth above shall be in addition to any liabilities which any indemnifying party
may have at common law or otherwise.

     8. REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY. All representations,
warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or contained in
certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall be
deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements at the Closing Date and
the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and such representations,
warranties and agreements of the Company and the indemnity agreements contained
in Section 7 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the
Company, any controlling person of any Underwriter or the Company, and shall
survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the
Securities to the Underwriters.

     9. EFFECTIVE DATE.

          (a) This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the next full business day following the date hereof, or at such
earlier time after the Registration Statement becomes effective as the
Representative, in its discretion, shall release the Shares for sale to the
public; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 5, 7 and 10 of this
Agreement shall at all times be effective. For purposes of this Section 9, the
Shares to be purchased hereunder shall be deemed to have been so released upon
the earlier of dispatch by the Representative of telegrams to securities dealers
releasing such shares for offering or the release by the Representative for
publication of the first newspaper advertisement which is subsequently published
relating to the Shares.

     10. TERMINATION.

   
          (a) Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 10, the Representative
shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if, subsequent to the execution
and delivery of this Agreement, there shall have occurred (i) any change, or any
development involving a prospective change, in or affecting particularly the
business or properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries which, in the judgment
of a majority in interest of the Underwriters, including you, materially impairs
the investment quality of the Common Stock; (ii) any suspension or limitation of
trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, or any setting
of minimum prices for trading on such exchange, or any suspension of trading of
the Common Stock on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) any
banking moratorium declared by Federal or New York authorities, or (v) any
outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in which the United States is
involved, any declaration of war by Congress or any other substantial national
or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of a majority in
interest of the Underwriters, including you, the effect of any such outbreak,
escalation, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it impractical or
inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale of and payments for the
Securities.
    

                                       33
<PAGE>

       

          (b) If this Agreement is terminated by the Representative in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10(a) the Company shall promptly
reimburse and indemnify the Representative for all of its actual out-of-pocket
expenses, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters
(less amounts previously paid pursuant to Section 5(c) above). Notwithstanding
any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, if this Agreement shall not
be carried out within the time specified herein, or any extension thereof
granted to the Representative, by reason of any failure on the part of the
Company to perform any undertaking or satisfy any condition of this Agreement by
it to be performed or satisfied (including, without limitation, pursuant to
Section 6 or Section 12) then, the Company shall promptly reimburse and
indemnify the Underwriter for all of their actual out-of-pocket expenses,
including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriter (less
amounts previously paid pursuant to Section 5(c) above). In addition, the
Company shall remain liable for all Blue Sky counsel fees and expenses and
filing fees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement,
any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement (including, without
limitation, pursuant to Sections 6, 10 and 12 hereof), and whether or not this
Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 and Section 7
shall not be in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to
carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

     11. SUBSTITUTION OF THE UNDERWRITERS. If one or more of the Underwriters
shall fail otherwise than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of
this Agreement (under the provisions of Section 6, Section 10 or Section 12
hereof) to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase on
such date under this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Representative
shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangement for one or
more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other Underwriters, to purchase
all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may
be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the
Representative shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour
period, then:

          (a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
total number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, the non-defaulting
Underwriters shall be obligated to purchase the full amount thereof in the
proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the
underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

          (b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the total
number of Firm Shares, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the
part of any non-defaulting Underwriters.

          No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
Underwriter from liability in respect of any default by such Underwriter under
this Agreement.

                                       34
<PAGE>

          In the event of any such default which does not result in a
termination of this Agreement, the Representative shall have the right to
postpone the Closing Date for a period not exceeding seven days in order to
effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in
any other documents or arrangements.

     12. DEFAULT BY THE COMPANY. If the Company shall fail at the Closing Date
or at any Option Closing Date, as applicable, to sell and deliver the number of
Shares which it is obligated to sell hereunder on such date, then this Agreement
shall terminate (or, if such default shall occur with respect to any Option
Shares to be purchased on an Option Closing Date, the Underwriters may at their
option, by notice from the Underwriters or the Representative to the Company,
terminate the Underwriters' obligation to purchase Option Shares from the
Company on such date) without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting
party other than pursuant to Section 5, Section 7 and Section 10 hereof. No
action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability,
if any, in respect of such default.

   
     13. NOTICES. All notices and communications hereunder, except as herein
otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of
telecommunication. Notices to the Representative shall be directed to the
Representative at 805 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Robert
A. Maley, with a copy to Baker & McKenzie, 1200 Brickell Avenue, Miami, Florida
33131, Attention: Andrew Hulsh, Esq. Notices to the Company shall be directed to
the Company at 4161 N.W. 5th Street, Plantation, Florida 33317, Attention:
Edward J. Lawson, with a copy to Broad & Cassel, 201 South Biscayne Blvd.,
Miami, Florida 33131, Attention: Dale S. Bergman, P.A.
    

     14. PARTIES. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall
be binding upon, the Underwriters, the Company and the controlling persons,
directors and officers referred to in Section 7 hereof, and their respective
successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or
be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in
respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. No
purchaser of Securities from the Underwriters shall be deemed to be a successor
by reason merely of such purchase.

     15. CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving
effect to the choice of law or conflict of laws principles.

     16. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which
taken together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

     17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Agreement and the Representative's
Warrant Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto and
supersede all prior written or oral agreements, understandings and negotiations
with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended
except in a writing, signed by the Representative and the Company.

                                       35
<PAGE>

          If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the
Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for
that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among
us.

                             Very truly yours,

                             21ST CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

                             By: _________________________________________
                             Name:  Edward J. Lawson
                             Title: President

Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written.

GILFORD SECURITIES INCORPORATED

By:___________________________________
Name:
Title:

                                       36
<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

UNDERWRITER                                                NUMBER OF FIRM SHARES
- -----------                                                ---------------------

Gilford Securities Incorporated

         TOTAL                                                   1,250,000

                                       37


                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2


   
         WARRANT AGREEMENT dated as of November __, 1998 between 21st Century
Holding Company, a Florida corporation (the "Company"), and Gilford Securities
Incorporated (hereinafter referred to as "Gilford").
    

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue to Gilford warrants ("Warrants")
to purchase up to 125,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock of the Company,
par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"); and

         WHEREAS, Gilford (the "Underwriter") has entered into an underwriting
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") dated _____________ __, 1998 between
the Underwriter as representative of the several underwriters named in Schedule
1 to the Underwriting Agreement, and the Company in connection with the
Company's proposed public offering (the "Public Offering") of 1,250,000 shares
of Common Stock, at a price of $____ per share; and

         WHEREAS, the Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement are being
issued by the Company to Gilford or officers and partners of Gilford and members
of the selling group and/or their officers or partners, in consideration for,
and as part of Gilford's compensation in connection with, the Underwriter acting
as representative of several underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the
Underwriting Agreement;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the payment by the
Underwriter or its designees to the Company of TWELVE DOLLARS AND FIFTY CENTS
($12.50), the agreements herein set forth and other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:


<PAGE>

         1.       GRANT.

   
         Gilford, and/or its designees are hereby granted the right to purchase,
at any time from _________________, 1999 until 5:00 P.M., New York time, on
_______________, 2003 (the "Warrant Exercise Term"), up to 125,000 fully-paid
and non assessable Shares at an initial exercise price (subject to adjustment as
provided in Article 8 hereof) of $_____ per share, representing 145% of the
initial offering price of the Common Stock in the Public Offering.
    

         2.       WARRANT CERTIFICATES.

         The warrant certificates (the "Warrant Certificates") delivered and to
be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the form set forth in
Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as required or
permitted by this Agreement.

         3.       EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

         The Warrants initially are exercisable at a price of $______ per share
of Common Stock purchased, payable in cash or by check to the order of the
Company, or any combination of cash or check, subject to adjustment as provided
in Article 8 hereof. Upon surrender of the Warrant Certificate with the annexed
Form of Election to Purchase duly executed, together with payment of the
Exercise Price (as hereinafter defined) for the Shares purchased, at the
Company's principal offices in Florida (currently located at 4161 N.W. 5th
Street, Plantation, Florida 33317) the registered holder of a Warrant
Certificate ("Holder" or "Holders") shall be entitled to receive a certificate
or certificates for the Shares so purchased. The purchase rights represented by
each Warrant Certificate are exercisable at the option of the Holder hereof, in
whole or in part (but not as to fractional Shares). In the case of the purchase
of less than all the Shares purchasable under 


                                       2
<PAGE>

any Warrant Certificate, the Company shall cancel said Warrant Certificate upon
the surrender thereof and shall execute and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of
like tenor for the balance of the Shares purchasable thereunder.

         4.       ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES.

         Upon the exercise of the Warrants, the issuance of certificates for the
Shares shall be made forthwith (and in any event within three business days
thereafter) without charge to the Holder thereof including, without limitation,
any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of the issuance thereof, and
such certificates shall (subject to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) be
issued in the name of, or in such names as may be directed by, the Holder
thereof; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay any
tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and
delivery of any such certificates in a name other than that of the Holder and
the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless
or until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid
to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the
satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. The Warrant
Certificates and the certificates representing the Shares shall be executed on
behalf of the Company by the manual or facsimile signature of the present or any
future Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or President or Vice
President of the Company under its corporate seal reproduced thereon, attested
to by the manual or facsimile signature of the present or any future Secretary
or Assistant Secretary of the Company. Warrant Certificates shall be dated the
date of execution by the Company upon initial issuance, division, exchange,
substitution or transfer.


                                       3
<PAGE>

         Upon exercise, in part or in whole, of the Warrants, certificates
representing the Shares (the "Warrant Securities"), shall bear a legend
substantially similar to the following:

                  "The securities represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
                  "Act"), nor any state securities laws and may not be offered
                  or sold except (i) pursuant to an effective registration
                  statement under the Act and applicable state securities laws,
                  (ii) to the extent applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 under the
                  Act (or any similar rule under such Act relating to the
                  disposition of securities), or (iii) upon the delivery by the
                  holder to the Company of an opinion of counsel, reasonably
                  satisfactory to counsel to the issuer, stating that an
                  exemption from registration under such Act or applicable state
                  securities laws is available."

         5.       RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER OF WARRANTS.

         The Holder of a Warrant Certificate, by its acceptance thereof,
covenants and agrees that the Warrants are being acquired as an investment and
not with a view to the distribution thereof, and that the Warrants may not be
sold, transferred, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, in whole or
in part, for a period of one (1) year from the effective date of the
registration statement filed in connection with the Public Offering, except to
officers and partners of Gilford or to any member of the selling group
participating in the distribution to the public of the shares of Common Stock
and/or their respective officers or partners.

         6.       PRICE.

                  6.1 INITIAL AND ADJUSTED EXERCISE PRICES. The initial exercise
price of each Warrant shall be $______ per share. The adjusted exercise price
shall be the price which shall result from time to time from any and all
adjustments of the initial exercise price in accordance with the provisions of
Article 8 hereof.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  6.2 EXERCISE PRICE. The term "Exercise Price" herein shall
mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price, depending upon
the context.

         7.       REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

                  7.1 REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. Neither the
Warrants nor the Shares have been registered for purposes of public distribution
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

                  7.2 REGISTRABLE SECURITIES. As used herein the term
"Registrable Security" means the Shares and any shares of Common Stock issued
upon any stock split or stock dividend in respect of such Shares; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that with respect to any particular Registrable Security, such security
shall cease to be a Registrable Security when, as of the date of determination,
(i) it has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of
pursuant thereto, (ii) registration under the Securities Act is no longer
required for subsequent public distribution of such security pursuant to Rule
144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), or (iii) it has
ceased to be outstanding. The term "Registrable Securities" means any and/or all
of the securities falling within the foregoing definition of a "Registrable
Security." In the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation,
recapitalization or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common
Stock, such adjustment shall be made in the definition of "Registrable Security"
as is appropriate in order to prevent any dilution or enlargement of the rights
granted pursuant to this Article 7.

   
                  7.3 PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION. If, at any time during the seven
years following the effective date of the Public Offering, the Company proposes
to prepare and file any new registration statement covering equity or debt
securities of the 
    


                                       5
<PAGE>

   
Company, or any such securities of the Company held by its shareholders (in any
such case, other than pursuant to Form S-4 or Form S-8 or successor form) (for
purposes of this Article 7, collectively, the "Registration Statement"), it will
give written notice of its intention to do so by registered mail ("Notice"), at
least twenty (20) days prior to the filing of each such Registration Statement,
to all Holders of the Warrants and the Registrable Securities. Upon the written
request of such a Holder (a "Requesting Holder"), made within twenty (20)
business days after receipt of the Notice, that the Company include any of the
Requesting Holder's Registrable Securities in the proposed Registration
Statement, the Company shall, as to each such Requesting Holder, effect the
registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which it has
been so requested to register ("Piggyback Registration"), at the Company's sole
cost and expense and at no cost or expense to the Requesting Holders other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, and fees and expenses of the Holder's
counsel; provided, however, that if, in the written opinion of the Company's
managing underwriter, if any, for such offering, the inclusion of all or a
portion of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, when added to
the securities being registered by the Company or the selling shareholder(s),
will exceed the maximum amount of the Company's securities which can be marketed
(i) at a price reasonably related to their then current market value, or (ii)
without otherwise materially adversely affecting the entire offering, then the
Company may exclude from such offering all or a portion of the Registrable
Securities which it has been requested to register.
    

         If securities are proposed to be offered for sale pursuant to such
Registration Statement by other security holders of the Company and the total
number of securities to be offered by the Requesting Holders and such other
selling security holders is required to be reduced pursuant to a 


                                       6
<PAGE>

request from the managing underwriter (which request shall be made only for the
reasons and in the manner set forth above) the aggregate number of Registrable
Securities to be offered by Requesting Holders pursuant to such Registration
Statement shall equal the number which bears the same ratio to the maximum
number of securities that the underwriter believes may be included for all the
selling security holders (including the Requesting Holders) as the original
number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Requesting Holders
bears to the total original number of securities proposed to be offered by the
Requesting Holders and the other selling security holders.

   
                  7.4 DEMAND REGISTRATION. (a) For a period of five (5) years
from the effective date of the Public Offering, any "Majority Holder" (as such
term is defined in Section 7.4(d) below) of the Registrable Securities shall
have the right (which right is in addition to the piggyback registration rights
provided for under Section 7.3 hereof), exercisable by written notice to the
Company (the "Demand Registration Request"), to have the Company prepare and
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on one
occasion, at the sole expense of the Company (excluding fees and expenses of the
Majority Holder's counsel and any underwriting or selling commissions), a
Registration Statement and such other documents, including a prospectus, as may
be necessary (in the opinion of both counsel for the Company and counsel for
such Majority Holder) in order to comply with the provisions of the Securities
Act, so as to permit a public offering and sale of the Registrable Securities by
the Holders thereof for nine (9) consecutive months.
    

                           (b) The Company covenants and agrees to give written
notice of any Demand Registration Request to all Holders of the Registrable
Securities within ten (10) days 


                                       7
<PAGE>

from the date of the Company's receipt of any such Demand Registration Request.
After receiving notice from the Company as provided in this Section 7.4(b),
Holders of Registrable Securities may request the Company to include their
Registrable Securities in the Registration Statement to be filed pursuant to
Section 7.4(a) hereof by notifying the Company of their decision to have such
securities included within ten (10) days of their receipt of the Company's
notice.

                           (c) In addition to the registration rights provided
for under Section 7.3 hereof and subsection (a) of this Section 7.4, for a
period of five (5) years from the closing of the Public Offering, any Holder of
Registrable Securities shall have the right, exercisable by written request to
the Company, to have the Company prepare and file with the Commission, on one
occasion in respect of such Holders of Registrable Securities, a Registration
Statement so as to permit a public offering and sale of such Registrable
Securities for nine (9) consecutive months, provided, however, that all costs
incident thereto shall be at the expense of the Holders of the Registrable
Securities included in such Registration Statement. If a Holder of Registrable
Securities shall give notice to the Company at any time of its or their desire
to exercise the registration right granted pursuant to this Section 7.4(c), then
within ten (10) days after the Company's receipt of such notice, the Company
shall give notice to the other Holders of Registrable Securities advising them
that the Company is proceeding with such registration and offering to include
therein the Registrable Securities of such Holders, provided they furnish the
Company with such appropriate information in connection therewith as the Company
shall reasonably request in writing. The Registration Statement filed pursuant
to this Section 7.4(c) may include other securities of the Company which are
held by officers or directors of the 


                                       8
<PAGE>

Company, or which are held by persons who, by virtue of agreements with the
Company, are entitled to include their securities in such Registration
Statement.

                           (d) The term "Majority Holder" as used in Section 7.4
hereof shall mean any Holder or any combination of Holders of Registrable
Securities, if included in such Holders' Registrable Securities are that
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock (including Shares already issued and
Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of outstanding Warrants) as would
constitute a majority of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
(including Shares already issued and Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of
outstanding Warrants) included in all the Registrable Securities.

                           (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company
shall inform the Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement
pursuant to this Section 7.4 that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and
its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be filed and it is therefore
essential to defer the filing of such Registration Statement, then the Company
shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days
after receipt of the request of the initiating Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month
period.

                  7.5 COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO REGISTRATION. The
Company covenants and agrees as follows:

                           (a) In connection with any registration under Section
7.4 hereof, the Company shall file the Registration Statement as expeditiously
as possible, but in any event no later than twenty (20) business days following
receipt of any demand therefor, shall use its best 


                                       9
<PAGE>

efforts to have any such Registration Statement declared effective at the
earliest possible time, and shall furnish each Holder of Registrable Securities
such number of prospectuses as shall reasonably be requested.

                           (b) The Company shall pay all costs, fees and
expenses in connection with all Registration Statements filed pursuant to
Sections 7.3 and 7.4(a) hereof including, without limitation, the Company's
legal and accounting fees, printing expenses, and blue sky fees and expenses;
provided, however, that the Holders of Registerable Securities shall pay any
underwriting discounts or expenses applicable to the sale of the Registerable
Securities sold by such Holders pursuant to the Registration Statement and the
fees and expenses of any counsel retained by them. The Holders of Registrable
Securities included in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section
7.4(c) hereof will pay all costs, fees and expenses in connection with such
Registration Statement.

                           (c) The Company will take all necessary action which
may be required in qualifying or registering the Registrable Securities included
in a Registration Statement, for offering and sale under the securities or blue
sky laws of such states as are requested by the Holders of such securities,
provided that the Company shall not be obligated to execute or file any general
consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation to do
business under the laws of any such jurisdiction.

                           (d) The Company shall indemnify any Holder of the
Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement and any
underwriter or person deemed to be an underwriter under the Securities Act and
each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter or person deemed to
be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of 


                                       10
<PAGE>

the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended ("Exchange Act"), against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability
(including all expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or
defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such
registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the
provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriter
and to provide for just and equitable contribution as set forth in Section 7 of
the Underwriting Agreement.

   
                           (e) Each of the Holders holding securities included
in any registration, shall furnish to the Company such information regarding
such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder as the Company may
reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection
with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section
7.4.
    

                           (f) Any Holder of Registrable Securities to be sold
pursuant to a registration statement, and its successors and assigns, shall
severally, and not jointly, indemnify, the Company, its officers and directors
and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section
15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss,
claim, damage or expense or liability (including all expenses reasonably
incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever)
to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or
otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holder, or
its successors or assigns, for specific inclusion in such 


                                       11
<PAGE>

Registration Statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the
provisions pursuant to which the Underwriter has agreed to indemnify the Company
and to provide for just and equitable contribution as set forth in Section 7 of
the Underwriting Agreement.

                           (g) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be
construed as requiring any Holder to exercise his Warrants prior to the initial
filing of any registration statement or the effectiveness thereof.

         8.       ADJUSTMENTS OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SECURITIES.

         The following adjustments apply to the Exercise Price of the Warrants
with respect to the Shares and the number of Shares purchasable upon exercise of
the Warrants.

       

                                       12
<PAGE>

   
                  8.1 SUBDIVISION AND COMBINATION. In case the Company shall at
any time subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the
Exercise Price shall forthwith be proportionately decreased in the case of
subdivision or increased in the case of combination.

                  8.2 ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF SECURITIES. Upon each adjustment
of the Exercise Price pursuant to the provisions of this Article 8, the number
of securities issuable upon the exercise of each Warrant shall be adjusted to
the nearest full number by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately
prior to such adjustment by the number of securities issuable upon exercise of
the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product so
obtained by the adjusted Exercise Price.

                  8.3 RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case of
any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other
than a change in par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value,
or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in the 


                                       13
    

<PAGE>

case of any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into,
another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company
is the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification
or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, except a change as a result
of a subdivision or combination of such shares or a change in par value, as
aforesaid), or in the case of a sale or conveyance to another corporation of the
property of the Company as an entirety, the Holders shall thereafter have the
right to purchase the kind and number of shares of stock and other securities
and property receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation,
merger, sale or conveyance as if the Holders were the owners of the Shares
underlying the Warrants immediately prior to any such events, at a price equal
to the product of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Warrants and (y) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior
to the record date for such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger,
sale or conveyance as if such Holders had exercised the Warrants.

   
                  8.4 NO ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE IN CERTAIN CASES.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no adjustment of the Exercise
Price shall be made:
    

                                    (a) Upon the issuance or sale of the
                  Warrants or the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
                  exercise of the Warrants; or

                                    (b) Upon the issuance or sale of the shares
                  of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Public Offering;

                                    (c) Upon the issuance of options pursuant to
                  the Company's employee stock option plan in effect on the date
                  hereof or the issuance or sale by 


   
                                       14
    

<PAGE>

                  the Company of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the
                  exercise of any such options; or

                                    (d) If the amount of said adjustment shall
                  be less than one cents (1(cent)) per security, provided,
                  however, that in such case any adjustment that would otherwise
                  be required then to be made shall be carried forward and shall
                  be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent
                  adjustment which, together with any adjustment so carried
                  forward, shall amount to at least one cents (1(cent)) per
                  security. 

   
                  8.5 DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS WITH RESPECT TO
OUTSTANDING SECURITIES. In the event that the Company shall at any time prior to
the exercise of all Warrants declare a dividend (other than a dividend
consisting solely of shares of Common Stock or a cash dividend or distribution
payable out of current or retained earnings) or otherwise distribute to its
shareholders any monies, assets, property, rights, evidences of indebtedness,
securities (other than shares of Common Stock), whether issued by the Company or
by another person or entity, or any other thing of value, the Holders of the
unexercised Warrants shall thereafter be entitled, in addition to the shares of
Common Stock or other securities receivable upon the exercise thereof, to
receive, upon the exercise of such Warrants, the same monies, property, assets,
rights, evidences of indebtedness, securities or any other thing of value that
they would have been entitled to receive at the time of such dividend or
distribution. At the time of any such dividend or distribution, the Company
shall make appropriate reserves to ensure the timely performance of the
provisions of this Subsection 8.5.


                                       15
    

<PAGE>

   
                  8.6 SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS FOR SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OR OTHER
SECURITIES. In the case that the Company or an affiliate of the Company shall at
any time after the date hereof and prior to the exercise of all the Warrants
issue any rights to subscribe for shares of Common Stock or any other securities
of the Company or of such affiliate to all the shareholders of the Company, the
Holders of the unexercised Warrants shall be entitled, in addition to the shares
of Common Stock or other securities receivable upon the exercise of the
Warrants, to receive such rights at the time such rights are distributed to the
other shareholders of the Company.
    

         9.       EXCHANGE AND REPLACEMENT OF WARRANT CERTIFICATES.

         Each Warrant Certificate is exchangeable without expense, upon the
surrender hereof by the registered Holder at the principal executive office of
the Company, for a new Warrant certificate of like tenor and date representing
in the aggregate the right to purchase the same number of securities in such
denominations as shall be designated by the Holder thereof at the time of such
surrender.


   
                                       16
    

<PAGE>

         Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it
of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Warrant Certificate, and,
in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably
satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all reasonable expenses
incidental thereto, and upon surrender and cancellation of the Warrants, if
mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant Certificate of like
tenor, in lieu thereof.

         10.      ELIMINATION OF FRACTIONAL INTERESTS.

         The Company shall not be required to issue certificates representing
fractions of Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants, nor shall it be required
to issue scrip or pay cash in lieu of fractional interests, it being the intent
of the parties that all fractional interests shall be eliminated by rounding any
fraction up to the nearest whole number of Shares.

         11.      RESERVATION AND LISTING OF SECURITIES.

         The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its
authorized shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon the
exercise of the Warrants, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall be
issuable upon the exercise thereof. The Company covenants and agrees that, upon
exercise of the Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price therefor, all Shares
issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and validly issued, fully paid,
nonassessable and not subject to the preemptive rights of any shareholder. As
long as the Warrants shall be outstanding, the Company shall use its best
efforts to cause all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the
Warrants to be listed on the Nasdaq National Market.

         12.      NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS.


   
                                       17
    

<PAGE>

         Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as conferring
upon the Holder or Holders the right to vote or to consent or to receive notice
as a shareholder in respect of any meetings of shareholders for the election of
directors or any other matter, or as having any rights whatsoever as a
shareholder of the Company. If, however, at any time prior to the expiration of
the Warrants and their exercise, any of the following events shall occur:

                           (a) the Company shall take a record of the holders of
                  its shares of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them
                  to receive a dividend or distribution payable otherwise than
                  in cash, or a cash dividend or distribution payable otherwise
                  than out of current or retained earnings, as indicated by the
                  accounting treatment of such dividend or distribution on the
                  books of the Company; or

                           (b) the Company shall offer to all the holders of its
                  Common Stock any additional shares of capital stock of the
                  Company or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
                  shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right
                  or warrant to subscribe therefor; or

                           (c) a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the
                  Company (other than in connection with a consolidation or
                  merger) or a sale of all or substantially all of its property,
                  assets and business as an entirety shall be proposed;

then, in any one or more of said events, the Company shall give written notice
to the Holder or Holders of such event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the
date fixed as a record date or the date of closing the transfer books for the
determination of the shareholders entitled to such dividend, distribution,
convertible or exchangeable securities or subscription rights, options or
warrants, or 


   
                                       18
    

<PAGE>

entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale.
Such notice shall specify such record date or the date of closing the transfer
books, as the case may be. Failure to give such notice or any defect therein
shall not affect the validity of any action taken in connection with the
declaration or payment of any such dividend or distribution, or the issuance of
any convertible or exchangeable securities or subscription rights, options or
warrants, or any proposed dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale.

         13.      NOTICES.

         All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly made when delivered,
or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

                           (a) If to a registered Holder of the Warrants, to the
                  address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company;
                  or

                           (b) If to the Company, to the address set forth in
                  Section 3 of this Agreement or to such other address as the
                  Company may designate by notice to the Holders.

         14.      SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS.

         The Company and Gilford may from time to time supplement or amend this
Agreement without the approval of any Holders of the Warrants and/or Warrant
Securities in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any
provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or
questions arising hereunder which the Company and Gilford may deem necessary or
desirable and 


   
                                       19
    

<PAGE>

which the Company and Gilford deem not to adversely affect the interests of the
Holders of Warrant Certificates.

         15.      SUCCESSORS.

         All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the
benefit of the Company and the Holders inure to the benefit of their respective
successors and assigns hereunder.

         16.      GOVERNING LAW.

         This Agreement and each Warrant Certificate issued hereunder shall be
deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of New York and for all
purposes shall be construed in accordance with the laws of said State.

         17.      BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

         Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any person or
corporation other than the Company and Gilford and any other registered Holder
or Holders of the Warrant Certificates or Warrant Securities any legal or
equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; and this Agreement shall
be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company and Gilford and any other
Holder or Holders of the Warrant Certificates or Warrant Securities.

                  18.      COUNTERPARTS.

                  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts
and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an
original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
instrument.


   
                                       20
    

<PAGE>




                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

                                     21st CENTURY HOLDING COMPANY

                                     By:________________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

Attest:

________________________________     GILFORD SECURITIES INCORPORATED

                                     By:________________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:




   
                                       21
    

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE OTHER SECURITIES ISSUABLE
UPON EXERCISE THEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR
SOLD EXCEPT (I) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT
AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (II) TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE,
PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT (OR ANY SIMILAR RULE UNDER SUCH ACT RELATING
TO THE DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES), OR (III) UPON THE DELIVERY BY THE HOLDER TO
THE COMPANY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO COUNSEL FOR THE
ISSUER, STATING THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT OR APPLICALBE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS AVAILABLE.

THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE WARRANTS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS
RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

           EXERCISABLE COMMENCING ________________ ___, 1999, THROUGH
                5:00 P.M., NEW YORK TIME, ____________ ___, 2003

NO.  W-1                                                        125,000 WARRANTS

                               WARRANT CERTIFICATE

         This Warrant Certificate certifies that Gilford Securities Incorporated
or its registered assigns, is the registered holder of Warrants to purchase, at
any time from ___________ __, 1999 until 5:00 P.M. New York City time on
__________ __, 2003 ("Expiration Date"), up to 125,000 fully-paid and
non-assessable shares of common stock, $.01 par value ("Common Stock"), of 21st
Century Holding Company, a Florida corporation (the "Company"), at the initial
exercise price, subject to adjustment in certain events (the "Exercise Price"),
of $_____ per share of Common Stock upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate
and payment of the Exercise Price at an office or agency of the Company, but
subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement dated as
of ___________ ___, 1998 between the Company and Gilford Securities Incorporated
(the "Warrant Agreement"). Payment of the Exercise Price may be made in cash, or
by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House funds payable to
the order of the Company, or any combination of cash or check.


   
                                       22
    

<PAGE>

         No Warrant may be exercised after 5:00 P.M, New York City time, on the
Expiration Date, at which time all Warrants evidenced hereby, unless exercised
prior thereto, shall thereafter be void.

         The Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate are part of a duly
authorized issue of Warrants issued pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, which
Warrant Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference in and made a part of this
instrument and is hereby referred to in a description of the rights, limitation
of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company and the
holders (the words "holders" or "holder" meaning the registered holders or
registered holder) of the Warrants.

         The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain
events, the Exercise Price and the type and/or number of the Company's
securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted.
In such event, the Company will, at the request of the holder, issue a new
Warrant Certificate evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise Price and the
number and/or type of securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants;
provided, however, that the failure of the Company to issue such new Warrant
Certificates shall not in any way change, alter, or otherwise impair, the rights
of the holder as set forth in the Warrant Agreement.

         Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Warrant
Certificate at an office or agency of the Company, a new Warrant Certificate or
Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number
of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee(s) in exchange for this Warrant
Certificate, subject to the limitations provided herein and in the Warrant
Agreement, without any charge except for any tax, or other governmental charge
imposed in connection therewith.

         Upon the exercise of less than all of the Warrants evidenced by this
Certificate, the Company shall forthwith issue to the holder hereof a new
Warrant Certificate representing such number of unexercised Warrants.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered holder(s) hereof as the
absolute owner(s) of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of
ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any
exercise hereof, and of any distribution to the holder(s) hereof, and for all
other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

         All terms used in this Warrant Certificate which are defined in the
Warrant Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Warrant
Agreement.


   
                                       23
    

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant Certificate to
be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated: __________ __, 1998            21st CENTURY HOLIDNG COMPANY


                                      By:_______________________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

Attest:

____________________________________



   
                                       24
    

<PAGE>


                          FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

         The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the right,
represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase ______ shares of Common
Stock and herewith tenders in payment for such securities cash or a certified or
official bank check payable in New York Clearing House Funds to the order of
21st Century Holding Company in the amount of $____________, all in accordance
with the terms hereof. The undersigned requests that a certificate for such
securities be registered in the name of ___________________________, whose
address is ____________________________________________, and that such
Certificate be delivered to _______________________________________, whose
address is _________________________________________________.

Dated:                              Signature:__________________________________
                                    (Signature must conform in all respects to
                                    name of holder as specified on the face of
                                    the Warrant Certificate.)







                     _______________________________________


                     _______________________________________
                        (Insert Social Security or Other
                          Identifying Number of Holder)



   
                                       25
    

<PAGE>


                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

             (TO BE EXECUTED BY THE REGISTERED HOLDER IF SUCH HOLDER
                 DESIRES TO TRANSFER THE WARRANT CERTIFICATE.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto__________________________ (Please print name and address of transferee)
this Warrant Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein,
and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint , Attorney, to transfer the
within Warrant Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full
power of substitution.

                                    Signature:__________________________________
                                    (Signature must conform in all respects to
                                    name of holder as specified on the face of
                                    the Warrant Certificate.)




_________________________________


_________________________________

      (Insert Social Security or Other
         Identifying Number of Assignee)


   
                                       26
    


                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1



                                BROAD AND CASSEL
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW

   BOCA RATON-FT. LAUDERDALE-MIAMI-ORLANDO-TALLAHASSEE-TAMPA-WEST PALM BEACH

                                   SUITE 3000
                                  MIAMI CENTER
                          201 SOUTH BISCAYNE BOULEVARD
                              MIAMI, FLORIDA 33131
                                 (305) 373-9400
                                FAX(305)373-9443




                                November 3, 1998



21st Century Holding Company
4161 N.W. 5th Street
Plantation, Florida  33317


         Re:      21st Century Holding Company (the "Company")

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         You have requested our opinion with respect to the shares of the
Company's common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), the
representative's warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock (the
"Representative's Warrants"), and the shares of Common Stock underlying the
Representative's Warrants (the "Warrant Shares"), included in the Registration
Statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

         As counsel to the Company, we have examined the original or certified
copies of such records of the Company, and such agreements, certificates of
public officials, certificates of officers or representatives of the Company and
others, and such other documents as we deem relevant and necessary for the
opinions expressed in this letter. In such examination, we have assumed the
genuineness of all signatures on originial documents, and the conformity to
original documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed or photostatic
copies. As to various questions of fact material to such opinions, we have
relied upon statements or certificates of officials and representatives of the
Company and others.

         Based on, and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that,
when the shares of Common Stock, the Representative's Warrants and the Warrant
Shares are issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting
Agreement and the Representative's Warrant, as the case may be, all filed as
exhibits to the Registration Statement, the shares of Common Stock, the
Representative's Warrants and the Warrant Shares will be duly and validly
issued, and the Common Stock and Warrant Shares will by fully paid and
non-assessable.

<PAGE>


21st Century Holdings
November 3, 1998
Page 2



         This opinion has been prepared and is to be construed in accordance
with the Report on Standards for Florida Opinions, dated April 8, 1991, as
amended and supplemented, issued by the business law Section of The Florida Bar
(the "Report"). The Report is incorporated by reference into this opinion.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. We also consent to the use of our name under the caption
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus constituting part of the Registration
Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included
within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                              Very truly yours,



                                              /s/ BROAD AND CASSEL
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              BROAD AND CASSEL









                                BROAD AND CASSEL


                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2



                        INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' CONSENT



The Board of Directors
21st Century Holding Company


     We consent to the use of our report dated August 31, 1998 on the
consolidated and combined balance sheet of 21st Century Holding Company as of
December 31, 1997 and the related consolidated and combined statements of
income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1996 included herein and to the reference to our firm under the
heading "Experts", "Summary Consolidated and Combined Financial Data" and
"Selected Consolidated and Combined Financial Data" in the prospectus.



KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


   
November 3, 1998
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission